Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

and+that's+final!

  • 81 reflejar

    v.
    1 to reflect (onda, rayo).
    no me veo reflejado en esa descripción I don't see myself in that description
    El metal refleja la luz Metal reflects light.
    El cuadro refleja su tristeza The drawing reflects her sadness.
    2 to show (sentimiento, duda).
    esa pregunta refleja su ignorancia that question shows o demonstrates his ignorance
    su rostro reflejaba el cansancio his face looked tired
    * * *
    1 (gen) to reflect
    2 (mostrar) to show
    1 to be reflected
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) [+ imagen, luz] to reflect
    2) (=manifestar) to reflect

    su expresión reflejaba inquietud — you could see the worry in her face, she wore a worried expression (on her face)

    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    a) <imagen/luz> verbo transitivo to reflect
    b) ( mostrar)< ambiente> to reflect
    2.
    reflejarse v pron
    a) imagen to be reflected
    b) emoción/cansancio/duda to show
    * * *
    = be reflective of, display, embody, mirror, reflect, portray, project, illustrate, bear + correspondence (to).
    Ex. The reference librarian, on the other hand, wants a tool which is reflective of the approach that a user might take at that moment, not the approach of a user who might have flourished at the time when the record was made.
    Ex. The command function 'DISPLAY' is used to display a list of alphabetically linked terms.
    Ex. In alphabetical indexing languages, such as are embodied in thesauri and subject headings lists, subject terms are the alphabetical names of the subjects.
    Ex. The final index will mirror current terminology.
    Ex. The schedules are divided into three main areas, as reflected in Figure 14.
    Ex. Hardy had a tragic vision of life and that indeed is what the novels portray.
    Ex. The grand objective projected here will be little affected by ISBD.
    Ex. The presence of eggshells, faecal pellets, and silk threads in association with a mite-like animal illustrates a complex ecosystem.
    Ex. However, many librarians remain unconvinced that the global citation data from the Journal Citation Report (JCR) bears enough correspondence to their local situation to be useful.
    ----
    * reflejar la luz = trap + light.
    * * *
    1.
    a) <imagen/luz> verbo transitivo to reflect
    b) ( mostrar)< ambiente> to reflect
    2.
    reflejarse v pron
    a) imagen to be reflected
    b) emoción/cansancio/duda to show
    * * *
    = be reflective of, display, embody, mirror, reflect, portray, project, illustrate, bear + correspondence (to).

    Ex: The reference librarian, on the other hand, wants a tool which is reflective of the approach that a user might take at that moment, not the approach of a user who might have flourished at the time when the record was made.

    Ex: The command function 'DISPLAY' is used to display a list of alphabetically linked terms.
    Ex: In alphabetical indexing languages, such as are embodied in thesauri and subject headings lists, subject terms are the alphabetical names of the subjects.
    Ex: The final index will mirror current terminology.
    Ex: The schedules are divided into three main areas, as reflected in Figure 14.
    Ex: Hardy had a tragic vision of life and that indeed is what the novels portray.
    Ex: The grand objective projected here will be little affected by ISBD.
    Ex: The presence of eggshells, faecal pellets, and silk threads in association with a mite-like animal illustrates a complex ecosystem.
    Ex: However, many librarians remain unconvinced that the global citation data from the Journal Citation Report (JCR) bears enough correspondence to their local situation to be useful.
    * reflejar la luz = trap + light.

    * * *
    reflejar [A1 ]
    vt
    1 ‹luz/imagen› to reflect
    el espejo reflejaba su imagen his image was reflected in the mirror
    2 (mostrar, representar) to reflect
    ha querido reflejar el ambiente social de la época she has tried to reflect the social climate of the period
    1 «imagen» to be reflected
    2
    (mostrarse): el cansancio se reflejaba en su rostro her tiredness showed on her face
    en la película quedan reflejados los problemas de la sociedad actual the problems of contemporary society are reflected in the movie
    * * *

     

    reflejar ( conjugate reflejar) verbo transitivo
    to reflect
    reflejarse verbo pronominal

    b) [emoción/cansancio/duda] to show

    reflejar verbo transitivo & verbo intransitivo to reflect: su novela refleja la desesperación de la población civil, his novel captured the desperation of the civilian population
    ' reflejar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    reflector
    - reflectora
    English:
    catch
    - mirror
    - reflect
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [onda, rayo] to reflect;
    Fig
    no me veo reflejado en esa descripción I don't see myself in that description
    2. [sentimiento, duda] to show;
    su rostro reflejaba el cansancio his tiredness showed in his face;
    esa pregunta refleja su ignorancia that question shows o demonstrates his ignorance;
    su voz reflejaba su nerviosismo his nervousness showed in his voice
    * * *
    v/t tb fig
    reflect
    * * *
    : to reflect
    * * *
    reflejar vb to reflect

    Spanish-English dictionary > reflejar

  • 82 סתם

    סָתַם(b. h.; = סחתם, Saf. of חתם) 1) to stop up, close, shut. Ab. Zar. V, 3 כדי שישתום ויִסְתּוֹם ויגוב, v. נָגַב. B. Mets.VII, 5 שלא יהא … ויהא סוֹתֵם את הפתחוכ׳ that he (the laborer) must not be greedy so as to shut the door before himself (make himself objectionable to employers). Ḥull.43a, a. e. מרה שניקבה וכבד סוֹתַמְתָּהּ if the bladder of the gall is perforated, and the liver (adhering to the perforated spot) closes it up. Ib. 49b חלב טהור סותם clean fat (such as it is permitted to eat) forms a stopper (to an adjacent organ, and makes the animal so affected permitted). Pes.IV, 9 (56a) ס׳ מי גיחוןוכ׳ he stopped up the water of the upper Gihon (2 Chr. 32:3); a. fr.Part. pass. סָתוּם; f. סְתוּמָה; pl. סְתוּמִים, סְתוּמִין; סְתוּמוֹת. Yeb.71b; Nidd.30b; Lev. R. s. 14 נפתח הס׳ ונסתםוכ׳ the organ which (in the embryonic stage) was closed, opens, and that which was open, closes itself. Bets.IV, 3 בית … ס׳ a room filled with fruit which was closed up (with bricks). Y. ib. 62c bot. לפסים ס׳ pots with their lids on (not yet cut apart); Tosef. ib. III, 13; Tosef.Sabb. XVI (XVII), 13. Snh.94a (ref. to לסרבה, Is. 9:6) מפני מה כל מ״ם … וזה ס׳ why is every Mem in the middle of a word open, and this one is closed (final Mem). Meg.3a פתוחין … וס׳ בסוףוכ׳ open in the middle of words and closed at the end (v. מנצפ״ך); a. fr.Esp. פרשה סתומה a paragraph in the Torah separated from the preceding by a vacant space in the middle of the line, opp. to פתוחה a section beginning a new indented line. Gen. R. s. 96, beg., v. infra. Treat. Sofrim I, 14 איזוהי ס׳ כל שהניחוכ׳ what is a closed paragraph? When space is left ; וכמה יניח … ותהא נקראת ס׳ and how much space must be left …, in order that the paragraph may be called closed?; a. fr. 2) to conceal. Gen. R. l. c. (ref. to the section beginning with Gen. 47:28) that paragraph is closed, שס׳ ממנווכ׳ because the Lord concealed from his vision all (coming) troubles; (Yalk. ib. 154 שנסתמו ממנו, v. infra); a. e.Part. pass. as ab. concealed, not explicitly stated, opp. מפורש. Zeb.53a יִלָּמֵד ס׳ מן המפורש let that which is not explicitly stated in a law be derived (by analogy) from what is explicitly stated; Sifra Aḥăré, beg. יְלַמֵּד פתוח על הס׳ let the explicit statement throw light on the implicit. Meg.15a כל … אבותיו ס׳ a person (mentioned in the Bible) whose deeds and the deeds of whose ancestors are not stated; a. fr.Y. Bets. l. c. (in Chald. dict.) סתומה the anonymous opinion, v. סְתָמָא. Nif. נִסְתַּם, Hithpa. הִסְתַּתֵּם, Nithpa. נִסְתַּתֵּם to be closed; to be concealed; to be silenced. Gen. R. l. c. בקש … ונ׳ ממנו Jacob wanted to reveal the end of the captivity, and it was closed before him; Yalk. ib. l. c. נִסְתְּמוּ ממנו, v. supra. Cant. R. to I, 4 היה אומר … ומִסְתַּתְּמִין he said a word (of charm) over them, and they became silent (dumb). Snh.31b לעולם … עד שיִסְתַּתֵּם טענותיו (Alf. שיִסְתּוֹם; Asheri שיסתיר) he may continually bring evidence and refute, until he declares himself closed as to his pleas, i. e., until he declares that he has no more evidence to offer. Yeb.76a; Tosef. ib. X, 4, a. e. נ׳ כשר if the perforation in the membrum has closed itself again, he is considered unblemished. Kel. XIV, 8 נִסְתַּתְּמוּ נקבין if the holes have been stopped up. Snh.94a לכך נ׳ therefore the Mem was closed (the final מ was written). Sot.13b נסתתמו ממנו שעריוכ׳ the gates of wisdom were closed before him (he lost his judicial judgment); a. e. Pi. סִיתֵּם to close, Y.Snh.X, 28c bot. היו … מְסַתְּמִיןוכ׳ the ministering angels closed the windows (of heaven) that the prayer of Manasseh might not rise; Deut. R. s. 2; (Pesik. Shub., p. 162b> סוֹתְמִין).

    Jewish literature > סתם

  • 83 סָתַם

    סָתַם(b. h.; = סחתם, Saf. of חתם) 1) to stop up, close, shut. Ab. Zar. V, 3 כדי שישתום ויִסְתּוֹם ויגוב, v. נָגַב. B. Mets.VII, 5 שלא יהא … ויהא סוֹתֵם את הפתחוכ׳ that he (the laborer) must not be greedy so as to shut the door before himself (make himself objectionable to employers). Ḥull.43a, a. e. מרה שניקבה וכבד סוֹתַמְתָּהּ if the bladder of the gall is perforated, and the liver (adhering to the perforated spot) closes it up. Ib. 49b חלב טהור סותם clean fat (such as it is permitted to eat) forms a stopper (to an adjacent organ, and makes the animal so affected permitted). Pes.IV, 9 (56a) ס׳ מי גיחוןוכ׳ he stopped up the water of the upper Gihon (2 Chr. 32:3); a. fr.Part. pass. סָתוּם; f. סְתוּמָה; pl. סְתוּמִים, סְתוּמִין; סְתוּמוֹת. Yeb.71b; Nidd.30b; Lev. R. s. 14 נפתח הס׳ ונסתםוכ׳ the organ which (in the embryonic stage) was closed, opens, and that which was open, closes itself. Bets.IV, 3 בית … ס׳ a room filled with fruit which was closed up (with bricks). Y. ib. 62c bot. לפסים ס׳ pots with their lids on (not yet cut apart); Tosef. ib. III, 13; Tosef.Sabb. XVI (XVII), 13. Snh.94a (ref. to לסרבה, Is. 9:6) מפני מה כל מ״ם … וזה ס׳ why is every Mem in the middle of a word open, and this one is closed (final Mem). Meg.3a פתוחין … וס׳ בסוףוכ׳ open in the middle of words and closed at the end (v. מנצפ״ך); a. fr.Esp. פרשה סתומה a paragraph in the Torah separated from the preceding by a vacant space in the middle of the line, opp. to פתוחה a section beginning a new indented line. Gen. R. s. 96, beg., v. infra. Treat. Sofrim I, 14 איזוהי ס׳ כל שהניחוכ׳ what is a closed paragraph? When space is left ; וכמה יניח … ותהא נקראת ס׳ and how much space must be left …, in order that the paragraph may be called closed?; a. fr. 2) to conceal. Gen. R. l. c. (ref. to the section beginning with Gen. 47:28) that paragraph is closed, שס׳ ממנווכ׳ because the Lord concealed from his vision all (coming) troubles; (Yalk. ib. 154 שנסתמו ממנו, v. infra); a. e.Part. pass. as ab. concealed, not explicitly stated, opp. מפורש. Zeb.53a יִלָּמֵד ס׳ מן המפורש let that which is not explicitly stated in a law be derived (by analogy) from what is explicitly stated; Sifra Aḥăré, beg. יְלַמֵּד פתוח על הס׳ let the explicit statement throw light on the implicit. Meg.15a כל … אבותיו ס׳ a person (mentioned in the Bible) whose deeds and the deeds of whose ancestors are not stated; a. fr.Y. Bets. l. c. (in Chald. dict.) סתומה the anonymous opinion, v. סְתָמָא. Nif. נִסְתַּם, Hithpa. הִסְתַּתֵּם, Nithpa. נִסְתַּתֵּם to be closed; to be concealed; to be silenced. Gen. R. l. c. בקש … ונ׳ ממנו Jacob wanted to reveal the end of the captivity, and it was closed before him; Yalk. ib. l. c. נִסְתְּמוּ ממנו, v. supra. Cant. R. to I, 4 היה אומר … ומִסְתַּתְּמִין he said a word (of charm) over them, and they became silent (dumb). Snh.31b לעולם … עד שיִסְתַּתֵּם טענותיו (Alf. שיִסְתּוֹם; Asheri שיסתיר) he may continually bring evidence and refute, until he declares himself closed as to his pleas, i. e., until he declares that he has no more evidence to offer. Yeb.76a; Tosef. ib. X, 4, a. e. נ׳ כשר if the perforation in the membrum has closed itself again, he is considered unblemished. Kel. XIV, 8 נִסְתַּתְּמוּ נקבין if the holes have been stopped up. Snh.94a לכך נ׳ therefore the Mem was closed (the final מ was written). Sot.13b נסתתמו ממנו שעריוכ׳ the gates of wisdom were closed before him (he lost his judicial judgment); a. e. Pi. סִיתֵּם to close, Y.Snh.X, 28c bot. היו … מְסַתְּמִיןוכ׳ the ministering angels closed the windows (of heaven) that the prayer of Manasseh might not rise; Deut. R. s. 2; (Pesik. Shub., p. 162b> סוֹתְמִין).

    Jewish literature > סָתַם

  • 84 D

    D, d (n. indecl., sometimes f. sc. littera), the flat dental mute, corresponding in character and sound to the English d and the Greek D, was the fourth letter of the Latin alphabet, and was called de: Ter. Maur. p. 2385 P., Auson. Idyll. 12, de Litt. Monos. 14. But at the end of a syllable, or after another consonant, its sound was sharpened, so that the grammarians often discuss the question whether d or t should be written, especially in conjunctions and prepositions. Illa quoque servata est a multis differentia, ut ad cum esset praepositio, d litteram, cum autem conjunctio, t acciperet (Quint. 1, 7, 5; cf. id. 1, 4, 16). Hence we may infer that some disputed this distinction, and that the sounds of ad and at must at least have been very similar (cf. also Terent. Scaur. p. 2250, Vel. Long. p. 2230 sq., Cassiod. p. 2287, 2291). Thus also aput, it, quit, quot, aliut, set, haut are found for apud, id, quid, quod, aliud, sed, haud. It would appear from the remarks of these authors that the last two words in particular, having a proclitic character, while they distinctly retained the d sound before an initial vowel in the following word, were pronounced before a consonant almost as set, haut (Mar. Vict. p. 2462 P., Vel. Long. l. l. v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.). The use of t for d in the middle of a word, as Alexenter for Alexander, atnato for adnato, is very rare (cf. Wordsworth, Fragm. p. 486 sq.). On the other hand, the use of d for t, which sometimes appears in MSS. and inscrr., as ed, capud, essed, inquid (all of which occur in the Cod. palimps. of Cic. Rep.), adque, quodannis, sicud, etc., fecid, reliquid, etc. (all in inscriptions after the Augustan period), is to be ascribed to a later phonetic softening (cf. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.).
    II.
    As an initial, the letter d, in pure Latin words, suffers only a vowel after it; the single consonantal compound dr being found only in borrowed words, such as drama, Drusus, Druidae, etc., and in the two onomatopees drenso and drindio. Accordingly, the d of the initial dv, from du, was rejected, and the remaining v either retained unaltered (as in v iginti for du iginti; cf. triginta) or changed into b (as in b ellum, b is, b onus, for du ellum, du is, du onus; v. those words and the letter B). So too in and after the 4th century A.D., di before vowels was pronounced like j (cf. J ovis for Dj ovis, and J anus for Di anus); and hence, as the Greek di ( di) passed into dz, i. e. z (as in z a for d ia, and z eta for di aeta), we sometimes find the same name written in two or three ways, as Diabolenus, Jabolenus, Zabolenus; Jadera, Diadora, Zara. In many Greek words, however, which originally began with a y sound, d was prefixed by an instinctive effort to avoid a disagreeable utterance, just as in English the initial j has regularly assumed the sound of dj: thus Gr. zugon, i. e. diugon = L. jugum; and in such cases the d sound has been prefixed in Greek, not lost in Latin and other languages (v. Curt. Griech. Etym. p. 608 sq.).b. As a medial, d before most consonants undergoes assimilation; v. ad, no. II.; assum, init., and cf. iccirco, quippiam, quicquam, for idcirco, quidpiam, quidquam; and in contractions like cette from cedite, pelluviae from pediluviae, sella from sedela. In contractions, however, the d is sometimes dropped and a compensation effected by lengthening the preceding vowel, as scāla for scand-la. D before endings which begin with s was suppressed, as pes from ped-s, lapis from lapid-s, frons from frond-s, rasi from radsi, risi from rid-si, lusi from lud-si, clausi from claud-si; but in the second and third roots of cedo, and in the third roots of some other verbs, d is assimilated, as cessi, cessum, fossum, etc. D is also omitted before s in composition when another consonant follows the s, as ascendo, aspicio, asto, astringo, and so also before the nasal gn in agnatus, agnitus, and agnosco, from gnatus, etc.: but in other combinations it is assimilated, as assentio, acclamo, accresco; affligo, affrico; agglomero, aggrego; applico, approbo, etc. In tentum, from tendo, d is dropped to avoid the combination ndt or ntt, since euphony forbids a consonant to be doubled after another.g. Final d stood only in ad, apud, sed, and in the neuter pronouns quid, quod, illud, istud, and aliud, anciently alid. Otherwise, the ending d was considered barbarous, Prisc. p. 686 P.
    III.
    The letter d represents regularly an original Indo-Germanic d, in Greek d, but which in German becomes z, in Gothic t, and in Anglo-Saxon t: cf. Gr. hêdomai, Sanscr. svad, Germ. süss, Angl.-Sax. svēte (sweet), with Lat. suadeo; domare with Gr. damaô, Germ. zähmen, Eng. tame; domus with demô, timber, O. H. Germ. zimber; duo with duô, zwei, two. But it is also interchanged with other sounds, and thus sometimes represents—
    1.
    An original t: mendax from mentior; quadraginta, quadra, etc., from quatuor.—
    2.
    An original r: ar and ad; apur or apor and apud; meridies and medidies, audio and auris; cf. arbiter, from ad-beto; arcesso for ad-cesso.—
    3.
    An original l: adeps, Gr. aleipha; dacrima and lacrima, dingua and lingua; cf. on the contrary, olere for odere, consilium and considere, Ulixes from Odusseus (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 223).—
    4.
    An original s: Claudius, from the Sabine Clausus, medius and misos; and, on the contrary, rosa and rhodon. —
    5.
    A Greek th: fides, pistis; gaudere, gêtheô; vad-i-monium (from va-d-s, vadis), aethlon.
    IV.
    In the oldest period of the language d was the ending of the ablat. sing. and of the adverbs which were originally ablatives (cf. Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excur. I.; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. Prol. 10): pu CNANDO, MARID, DICTATORED, IN ALTOD MARID, NAVALED PRAEDAD on the Col. Rostr.; DE SENATVOS SENTENTIAD (thrice) IN OQVOLTOD, IN POPLICOD, IN PREIVATOD, IN COVENTIONID, and the adverbs SVPRAD SCRIPTVM EST (thrice), EXSTRAD QVAM SEI, and even EXSTRAD VRBEM, in S. C. de Bacch. So intra-d, ultra-d, citra-d, contra-d, infra-d, supra-d; contro-d, intro-d, etc.; and probably interea-d, postea-d. Here too belongs, no doubt, the adverb FACILVMED, found in the last-mentioned inscription. But this use of the d became antiquated during the 3d century B.C., and is not found at all in any inscription after 186 B. C. Plautus seems to have used or omitted it at will (Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excurs. p. 18: Corss. Ausspr. 1, 197; 2, 1008).
    2.
    D final was also anciently found—
    a.
    In the accus. sing. of the personal pronouns med, ted, sed: INTER SED CONIOVRASE and INTER SED DEDISE, for inter se conjuravisse and inter se dedisse, in the S. C. de Bacch. This usage was retained, at least as a license of verse, when the next word began with a vowel, even in the time of Plautus. But in the classic period this d no longer appears. —
    b.
    In the imperative mood;

    as estod,

    Fest. p. 230. The Oscan language retained this ending (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 206).—
    c.
    In the preposition se-, originally identical with the conjunction sed (it is retained in the compound seditio); also in red-, prod-, antid-, postid-, etc. ( redire, prodire, etc.); and in these words, too, it is a remnant of the ancient characteristic of the ablative (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 200 sq.; Roby, Lat. Gr. 1, 49).
    V.
    As an abbreviation, D usually stands for the praenomen Decimus; also for Deus, Divus, Dominus, Decurio, etc.; over epitaphs, D. M. = Diis Manibus; over temple inscriptions, D. O. M. = Deo Optimo Maxumo; in the titles of the later emperors, D. N. = Dominus Noster, and DD. NN. = Domini Nostri. Before dates of letters, D signified dabam, and also dies; hence, a. d. = ante diem; in offerings to the gods, D. D. = dono or donum dedit; D. D. D. = dat, dicat, dedicat, etc. Cf. Orell. Inscr. II. p. 457 sq.
    ► The Romans denoted the number 500 by D; but the character was then regarded, not as a letter, but as half of the original Tuscan numeral (or CI[C ]) for 1000.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > D

  • 85 d

    D, d (n. indecl., sometimes f. sc. littera), the flat dental mute, corresponding in character and sound to the English d and the Greek D, was the fourth letter of the Latin alphabet, and was called de: Ter. Maur. p. 2385 P., Auson. Idyll. 12, de Litt. Monos. 14. But at the end of a syllable, or after another consonant, its sound was sharpened, so that the grammarians often discuss the question whether d or t should be written, especially in conjunctions and prepositions. Illa quoque servata est a multis differentia, ut ad cum esset praepositio, d litteram, cum autem conjunctio, t acciperet (Quint. 1, 7, 5; cf. id. 1, 4, 16). Hence we may infer that some disputed this distinction, and that the sounds of ad and at must at least have been very similar (cf. also Terent. Scaur. p. 2250, Vel. Long. p. 2230 sq., Cassiod. p. 2287, 2291). Thus also aput, it, quit, quot, aliut, set, haut are found for apud, id, quid, quod, aliud, sed, haud. It would appear from the remarks of these authors that the last two words in particular, having a proclitic character, while they distinctly retained the d sound before an initial vowel in the following word, were pronounced before a consonant almost as set, haut (Mar. Vict. p. 2462 P., Vel. Long. l. l. v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.). The use of t for d in the middle of a word, as Alexenter for Alexander, atnato for adnato, is very rare (cf. Wordsworth, Fragm. p. 486 sq.). On the other hand, the use of d for t, which sometimes appears in MSS. and inscrr., as ed, capud, essed, inquid (all of which occur in the Cod. palimps. of Cic. Rep.), adque, quodannis, sicud, etc., fecid, reliquid, etc. (all in inscriptions after the Augustan period), is to be ascribed to a later phonetic softening (cf. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.).
    II.
    As an initial, the letter d, in pure Latin words, suffers only a vowel after it; the single consonantal compound dr being found only in borrowed words, such as drama, Drusus, Druidae, etc., and in the two onomatopees drenso and drindio. Accordingly, the d of the initial dv, from du, was rejected, and the remaining v either retained unaltered (as in v iginti for du iginti; cf. triginta) or changed into b (as in b ellum, b is, b onus, for du ellum, du is, du onus; v. those words and the letter B). So too in and after the 4th century A.D., di before vowels was pronounced like j (cf. J ovis for Dj ovis, and J anus for Di anus); and hence, as the Greek di ( di) passed into dz, i. e. z (as in z a for d ia, and z eta for di aeta), we sometimes find the same name written in two or three ways, as Diabolenus, Jabolenus, Zabolenus; Jadera, Diadora, Zara. In many Greek words, however, which originally began with a y sound, d was prefixed by an instinctive effort to avoid a disagreeable utterance, just as in English the initial j has regularly assumed the sound of dj: thus Gr. zugon, i. e. diugon = L. jugum; and in such cases the d sound has been prefixed in Greek, not lost in Latin and other languages (v. Curt. Griech. Etym. p. 608 sq.).b. As a medial, d before most consonants undergoes assimilation; v. ad, no. II.; assum, init., and cf. iccirco, quippiam, quicquam, for idcirco, quidpiam, quidquam; and in contractions like cette from cedite, pelluviae from pediluviae, sella from sedela. In contractions, however, the d is sometimes dropped and a compensation effected by lengthening the preceding vowel, as scāla for scand-la. D before endings which begin with s was suppressed, as pes from ped-s, lapis from lapid-s, frons from frond-s, rasi from radsi, risi from rid-si, lusi from lud-si, clausi from claud-si; but in the second and third roots of cedo, and in the third roots of some other verbs, d is assimilated, as cessi, cessum, fossum, etc. D is also omitted before s in composition when another consonant follows the s, as ascendo, aspicio, asto, astringo, and so also before the nasal gn in agnatus, agnitus, and agnosco, from gnatus, etc.: but in other combinations it is assimilated, as assentio, acclamo, accresco; affligo, affrico; agglomero, aggrego; applico, approbo, etc. In tentum, from tendo, d is dropped to avoid the combination ndt or ntt, since euphony forbids a consonant to be doubled after another.g. Final d stood only in ad, apud, sed, and in the neuter pronouns quid, quod, illud, istud, and aliud, anciently alid. Otherwise, the ending d was considered barbarous, Prisc. p. 686 P.
    III.
    The letter d represents regularly an original Indo-Germanic d, in Greek d, but which in German becomes z, in Gothic t, and in Anglo-Saxon t: cf. Gr. hêdomai, Sanscr. svad, Germ. süss, Angl.-Sax. svēte (sweet), with Lat. suadeo; domare with Gr. damaô, Germ. zähmen, Eng. tame; domus with demô, timber, O. H. Germ. zimber; duo with duô, zwei, two. But it is also interchanged with other sounds, and thus sometimes represents—
    1.
    An original t: mendax from mentior; quadraginta, quadra, etc., from quatuor.—
    2.
    An original r: ar and ad; apur or apor and apud; meridies and medidies, audio and auris; cf. arbiter, from ad-beto; arcesso for ad-cesso.—
    3.
    An original l: adeps, Gr. aleipha; dacrima and lacrima, dingua and lingua; cf. on the contrary, olere for odere, consilium and considere, Ulixes from Odusseus (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 223).—
    4.
    An original s: Claudius, from the Sabine Clausus, medius and misos; and, on the contrary, rosa and rhodon. —
    5.
    A Greek th: fides, pistis; gaudere, gêtheô; vad-i-monium (from va-d-s, vadis), aethlon.
    IV.
    In the oldest period of the language d was the ending of the ablat. sing. and of the adverbs which were originally ablatives (cf. Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excur. I.; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. Prol. 10): pu CNANDO, MARID, DICTATORED, IN ALTOD MARID, NAVALED PRAEDAD on the Col. Rostr.; DE SENATVOS SENTENTIAD (thrice) IN OQVOLTOD, IN POPLICOD, IN PREIVATOD, IN COVENTIONID, and the adverbs SVPRAD SCRIPTVM EST (thrice), EXSTRAD QVAM SEI, and even EXSTRAD VRBEM, in S. C. de Bacch. So intra-d, ultra-d, citra-d, contra-d, infra-d, supra-d; contro-d, intro-d, etc.; and probably interea-d, postea-d. Here too belongs, no doubt, the adverb FACILVMED, found in the last-mentioned inscription. But this use of the d became antiquated during the 3d century B.C., and is not found at all in any inscription after 186 B. C. Plautus seems to have used or omitted it at will (Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excurs. p. 18: Corss. Ausspr. 1, 197; 2, 1008).
    2.
    D final was also anciently found—
    a.
    In the accus. sing. of the personal pronouns med, ted, sed: INTER SED CONIOVRASE and INTER SED DEDISE, for inter se conjuravisse and inter se dedisse, in the S. C. de Bacch. This usage was retained, at least as a license of verse, when the next word began with a vowel, even in the time of Plautus. But in the classic period this d no longer appears. —
    b.
    In the imperative mood;

    as estod,

    Fest. p. 230. The Oscan language retained this ending (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 206).—
    c.
    In the preposition se-, originally identical with the conjunction sed (it is retained in the compound seditio); also in red-, prod-, antid-, postid-, etc. ( redire, prodire, etc.); and in these words, too, it is a remnant of the ancient characteristic of the ablative (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 200 sq.; Roby, Lat. Gr. 1, 49).
    V.
    As an abbreviation, D usually stands for the praenomen Decimus; also for Deus, Divus, Dominus, Decurio, etc.; over epitaphs, D. M. = Diis Manibus; over temple inscriptions, D. O. M. = Deo Optimo Maxumo; in the titles of the later emperors, D. N. = Dominus Noster, and DD. NN. = Domini Nostri. Before dates of letters, D signified dabam, and also dies; hence, a. d. = ante diem; in offerings to the gods, D. D. = dono or donum dedit; D. D. D. = dat, dicat, dedicat, etc. Cf. Orell. Inscr. II. p. 457 sq.
    ► The Romans denoted the number 500 by D; but the character was then regarded, not as a letter, but as half of the original Tuscan numeral (or CI[C ]) for 1000.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > d

  • 86 hablar

    v.
    1 to speak.
    hablar en voz alta/baja to speak loudly/softly
    hablar claro to speak clearly
    Ella habla la verdad She speaks the truth.
    2 to talk.
    necesito hablar contigo I need to talk o speak to you, we need to talk
    hablar con alguien por teléfono to speak to somebody on the phone
    hablar de algo to talk about something
    La viejita habla mucho The little old lady talks a lot.
    3 to talk.
    4 to speak (idioma).
    5 to discuss (asunto).
    es mejor que lo hables con él it would be better if you talked to him about it
    6 to talk to, to speak to.
    Ella le habla a Ricardo She talks to Richard.
    * * *
    1 (gen) to speak, talk
    2 (mencionar) to talk, mention
    3 (murmurar) to talk
    4 (dar un tratamiento) to call (de, -)
    5 figurado (salir) to go out
    1 (idioma) to speak
    2 (tratar) to talk over, discuss
    1 (uso recíproco) to speak, talk
    \
    es como hablar a la pared figurado it's like talking to a brick wall
    eso es hablar now you're talking
    estar hablando (cuadro etc) to be almost alive
    hablar a solas to talk to oneself
    hablar alto to speak loud
    ■ ¿puedes hablar más alto? can you speak up, please?
    hablar bajo to speak softly
    hablar bien de alguien to speak well of somebody
    hablar claro to speak plainly
    hablar como un libro (expresarse muy bien) to speak very well, express oneself very clearly 2 (hablar con afectación) to speak affectedly
    hablar con el corazón to speak from the heart
    hablar en broma to be joking
    hablar en cristiano familiar to talk plainly
    hablar en nombre de alguien to speak on somebody's behalf
    hablar mal de alguien to speak badly of somebody
    hablar por hablar to talk for the sake of talking
    hablar por los codos familiar to be a chatterbox
    no hablarse con alguien not to be on speaking terms with somebody
    no hay más que hablar there's nothing more to be said
    no se hable más de ello and that's that
    ¡quién fue a hablar! look who's talking!
    se habla de que... it is said that...
    'Se habla inglés' "English spoken"
    sin hablar de not to mention
    sin hablar palabra without saying a word
    * * *
    verb
    2) talk
    * * *
    1.
    VI to speak, talk (a, con to) (de about, of)

    acabamos de hablar del premio — we were just talking o speaking about the prize

    ¡mira quién fue a hablar! — look who's talking!

    que hable él — let him speak, let him have his say

    ¡hable!, ¡puede hablar! — (Telec) you're through!, go ahead! (EEUU)

    ¿quién habla? — (Telec) who's calling?, who is it?

    • hablar alto — to speak o talk loudly

    • hablar bajo — to speak o talk quietly, speak o talk in a low voice

    • hablar claro — (fig) to speak plainly o bluntly

    • dar que hablar a la gente — to make people talk, cause tongues to wag

    • hablaba en broma — she was joking

    ¿hablas en serio? — are you serious?

    • hacer hablar a algn — to make sb talk

    • hablar por hablar — to talk for talking's sake, talk for the sake of it

    hablamos por teléfono todos los días — we speak on the phone every day, we phone each other every day

    • hablar solo — to talk o speak to o.s.

    ¡ni hablar! —

    -¿vas a ayudarle en la mudanza? -¡ni hablar! — "are you going to help him with the move?" - "no way!" o - "you must be joking!"

    cristiano, plata
    2. VT
    1) [+ idioma] to speak

    habla bien el portugués — he speaks good Portuguese, he speaks Portuguese well

    "se habla inglés" — "English spoken"

    2) (=tratar de)

    • no hay más que hablar — there's nothing more to be said about it

    3) Méx (Telec) to (tele)phone
    3.
    See:
    HABLAR ¿"Speak" o "talk"? ► Se traduce por speak cuando hablar tiene un sentido general, es decir, hace referencia a la emisión de sonidos articulados: Estaba tan conmocionado que no podía hablar He was so shocked that he was unable to speak Su padre antes tartamudeaba al hablar Her father used to stutter when he spoke ► También se emplea speak cuando nos referimos a la capacidad de hablar un idioma: Habla francés y alemán She speaks French and German ► Cuando hablar implica la participación de más de una persona, es decir, se trata de una conversación, una charla, o un comentario, entonces se traduce por talk. Es una de esas personas que no para de hablar He's one of those people who won't stop talking ► Para traducir la construcción hablar con alguien podemos utilizar talk to ( talk with en el inglés de EE.UU.) o, si el uso es más formal, se puede emplear speak to ( speak with en el inglés de EE.UU.): Vi a Manolo hablando animadamente con un grupo de turistas I saw Manolo talking o speaking animatedly to o with a group of tourists ► Si queremos especificar el idioma en que se desarrolla la conversación, se puede emplear tanto talk como speak, aunque este último se usa en un lenguaje más formal: Me sorprendió bastante verla hablar en francés con tanta soltura I was surprised to see her talking o speaking (in) French so fluently Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( articular palabras) to speak

    hablar en voz baja — to speak o talk quietly

    2) ( expresarse) to speak

    déjalo hablar — let him speak, let him have his say (colloq)

    hablar claro — ( claramente) to speak clearly; ( francamente) to speak frankly

    mira quién habla or quién fue a hablar — (fam) look o hark who's talking (colloq)

    hablar por hablar — to talk for the sake of it

    quien mucho habla mucho yerra — the more you talk, the more mistakes you'll make

    3)
    a) ( conversar) to talk

    tengo que hablarte or que hablar contigo — I need to speak to you o have a word with you

    hablando se entiende la gente — (fr hecha) the way to work things out is by talking

    hablar con alguien — to speak o talk to somebody

    ni hablar: de eso ni hablar that's totally out of the question; ni hablar! no way! (colloq), no chance! (colloq); nos castigaron por hablar en clase — we were punished for talking in class

    b) ( murmurar) to talk

    dar que hablar — to start people talking

    ¿quién habla? — who's speaking o calling?

    ¿con quién hablo? — who am I speaking with (AmE) o (BrE) speaking to?

    4) (tratar, referirse a)

    hablar de algo/alguien — to talk about something/somebody

    hablar de negocios — to talk (about) o discuss business

    lo dejamos en 10.000 y no se hable más (de ello) — let's say 10,000 and be done with it

    el viaje en tren sale caro, y no hablemos ya del avión — going by train is expensive, and as for flying...

    hablar sobre or acerca de algo — to talk about something

    5) ( bajo coacción) to talk
    6)
    a) ( dar discurso) to speak

    el rey habló a la nación — the king spoke to o addressed the nation

    b) ( dirigirse a) to speak

    háblale de tú — use the `tú' form with him

    7)

    hablar de + inf — to talk of -ing, talk about -ing

    b) ( rumorear)

    se habla de que va a renunciar — it is said o rumored that she's going to resign

    8) (Méx) ( por teléfono) to call, phone
    2.
    hablar vt
    1) < idioma> to speak
    2) ( tratar)

    háblalo con ella — speak o talk to her about it

    3) (fam) ( decir)

    no hables disparates or tonterías — don't talk nonsense

    3.
    hablarse v pron

    no se habla con ella — he's not speaking o talking to her, he's not on speaking terms with her

    * * *
    = speak, talk, share + Posesivo + view, speak up, chat.
    Ex. If, however, you wish to speak another language with DOBIS/LIBIS, enter the name of that language in this field by typing over the language displayed.
    Ex. The philosophy was that every computer on the network would talk, as a peer, with any other computer.
    Ex. The aim is to encourage children to read more and to share their views on the books they read.
    Ex. 'When you've been here a while, you'll see that it's hard to avoid run-ins with her,' Lehmann spoke up.
    Ex. The guest might be better employed seeing small groups half a dozen or so for quarter of an hour, when they could chat about anything that crops up.
    ----
    * conseguir hablar con = catch up with.
    * dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.
    * del que estamos hablando = in question.
    * empezar a hablar de = make + noises about, make + a noise about.
    * estar hablando del tema = be on the topic.
    * estrictamente hablando = strictly speaking.
    * extasiarse hablando de Algo = wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous.
    * forma de hablar = manner of speaking.
    * hablando de Roma, por la puerta asoma = speak of the devil, talk of the devil.
    * hablando en plata = crudely put.
    * hablando en términos muy generales = crudely put.
    * hablando figuradamente = figuratively speaking.
    * hablando por teléfono = on the line.
    * hablando sinceramente = straight talk.
    * hablando sin rodeos = crudely put.
    * hablando sin tapujos = straight talk.
    * hablar a = speak to.
    * hablar a calzón quitado = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * hablar a favor de = speak up for.
    * hablar alto = be loud.
    * hablar al unísono = speak with + one voice.
    * hablar antes de tiempo = speak too soon.
    * hablar bajo = speak + low.
    * hablar ceceando = lisp.
    * hablar claro = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * hablar como una cotorra = talk + Posesivo + socks off.
    * hablar con = check with, speak with, talk with, speak to.
    * hablar con diplomacia = say + the right thing.
    * hablar con entusiasmo = gush about.
    * hablar con la boca llena = speak with + Posesivo + mouth full, talk with + Posesivo + mouth full.
    * hablar con la nariz = talk through + Posesivo + nose.
    * hablar con lengua de serpiente = talk with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue.
    * hablar con ritmo y rima = rap about.
    * hablar de = be on about, talk about, tell of.
    * hablar de boquilla = pay + lip service.
    * hablar del asunto con = take + the matter + up with.
    * hablar del mismo modo = talk + alike.
    * hablar del trabajo = talk + shop.
    * hablar despectivamente = speak + disparagingly.
    * hablar efusivamente = gush about.
    * hablar emotivamente y con efusividad = gush about.
    * hablar en contra de = speak against.
    * hablar en falso = speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue, speak with + a twisted tongue.
    * hablar en favor de = put + a word in for.
    * hablar en lengua desconocida = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.
    * hablar en plata = put + it crudely.
    * hablar en público = public speaking, speak in + public.
    * hablar entre dientes = mumble, mutter.
    * hablar entre dientes sin ser entendido = mumble.
    * hablar en voz alta = talk in + a loud voice.
    * hablar en voz baja = whisper, speak + low.
    * hablar explícitamente = speak out.
    * hablar hasta por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off.
    * hablar hasta reventar = talk + Reflexivo + blue in the face.
    * hablar incoherentmente = babble.
    * hablar mal de = speak against, speak out against, speak + ill of, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, slate, diss.
    * hablar maravillas de = praise.
    * hablar más de la cuenta = shoot + Posesivo + mouth off.
    * hablar muy bien de = rave about, rant and rave.
    * hablar pestes = trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.
    * hablar por hablar = waffle, talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * hablar por la nariz = talk through + Posesivo + nose.
    * hablar por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off, talk + Reflexivo + blue in the face.
    * hablar por Uno mismo = speak for + Reflexivo.
    * hablarse = on speaking terms.
    * hablarse bien de Algo o Alguien = be well spoken of.
    * hablar sin decir nada = waffle.
    * hablar sin parar = burble on.
    * hablar sin pensar = shoot from + the hip.
    * hablar sin ser entendido = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.
    * hablar sin ton ni son = talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * llevar a hablar de una cuestión = bring up + issue.
    * loro viejo no aprende a hablar = you can't teach an old dog new tricks, you can't teach an old dog new tricks.
    * ¡mira quién habla! = look who's talking!.
    * ¡ni hablar! = no dice!.
    * ¡ni hablar del caso! = no dice!.
    * persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.
    * que habla en voz baja = quietly spoken.
    * saber de lo que Uno estar hablando = know + Posesivo + stuff.
    * ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.
    * volver a hablar innecesariamente = belabour [belabor, -USA].
    * ya hemos hablado bastante de = so much for.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( articular palabras) to speak

    hablar en voz baja — to speak o talk quietly

    2) ( expresarse) to speak

    déjalo hablar — let him speak, let him have his say (colloq)

    hablar claro — ( claramente) to speak clearly; ( francamente) to speak frankly

    mira quién habla or quién fue a hablar — (fam) look o hark who's talking (colloq)

    hablar por hablar — to talk for the sake of it

    quien mucho habla mucho yerra — the more you talk, the more mistakes you'll make

    3)
    a) ( conversar) to talk

    tengo que hablarte or que hablar contigo — I need to speak to you o have a word with you

    hablando se entiende la gente — (fr hecha) the way to work things out is by talking

    hablar con alguien — to speak o talk to somebody

    ni hablar: de eso ni hablar that's totally out of the question; ni hablar! no way! (colloq), no chance! (colloq); nos castigaron por hablar en clase — we were punished for talking in class

    b) ( murmurar) to talk

    dar que hablar — to start people talking

    ¿quién habla? — who's speaking o calling?

    ¿con quién hablo? — who am I speaking with (AmE) o (BrE) speaking to?

    4) (tratar, referirse a)

    hablar de algo/alguien — to talk about something/somebody

    hablar de negocios — to talk (about) o discuss business

    lo dejamos en 10.000 y no se hable más (de ello) — let's say 10,000 and be done with it

    el viaje en tren sale caro, y no hablemos ya del avión — going by train is expensive, and as for flying...

    hablar sobre or acerca de algo — to talk about something

    5) ( bajo coacción) to talk
    6)
    a) ( dar discurso) to speak

    el rey habló a la nación — the king spoke to o addressed the nation

    b) ( dirigirse a) to speak

    háblale de tú — use the `tú' form with him

    7)

    hablar de + inf — to talk of -ing, talk about -ing

    b) ( rumorear)

    se habla de que va a renunciar — it is said o rumored that she's going to resign

    8) (Méx) ( por teléfono) to call, phone
    2.
    hablar vt
    1) < idioma> to speak
    2) ( tratar)

    háblalo con ella — speak o talk to her about it

    3) (fam) ( decir)

    no hables disparates or tonterías — don't talk nonsense

    3.
    hablarse v pron

    no se habla con ella — he's not speaking o talking to her, he's not on speaking terms with her

    * * *
    = speak, talk, share + Posesivo + view, speak up, chat.

    Ex: If, however, you wish to speak another language with DOBIS/LIBIS, enter the name of that language in this field by typing over the language displayed.

    Ex: The philosophy was that every computer on the network would talk, as a peer, with any other computer.
    Ex: The aim is to encourage children to read more and to share their views on the books they read.
    Ex: 'When you've been here a while, you'll see that it's hard to avoid run-ins with her,' Lehmann spoke up.
    Ex: The guest might be better employed seeing small groups half a dozen or so for quarter of an hour, when they could chat about anything that crops up.
    * conseguir hablar con = catch up with.
    * dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.
    * del que estamos hablando = in question.
    * empezar a hablar de = make + noises about, make + a noise about.
    * estar hablando del tema = be on the topic.
    * estrictamente hablando = strictly speaking.
    * extasiarse hablando de Algo = wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous.
    * forma de hablar = manner of speaking.
    * hablando de Roma, por la puerta asoma = speak of the devil, talk of the devil.
    * hablando en plata = crudely put.
    * hablando en términos muy generales = crudely put.
    * hablando figuradamente = figuratively speaking.
    * hablando por teléfono = on the line.
    * hablando sinceramente = straight talk.
    * hablando sin rodeos = crudely put.
    * hablando sin tapujos = straight talk.
    * hablar a = speak to.
    * hablar a calzón quitado = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * hablar a favor de = speak up for.
    * hablar alto = be loud.
    * hablar al unísono = speak with + one voice.
    * hablar antes de tiempo = speak too soon.
    * hablar bajo = speak + low.
    * hablar ceceando = lisp.
    * hablar claro = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * hablar como una cotorra = talk + Posesivo + socks off.
    * hablar con = check with, speak with, talk with, speak to.
    * hablar con diplomacia = say + the right thing.
    * hablar con entusiasmo = gush about.
    * hablar con la boca llena = speak with + Posesivo + mouth full, talk with + Posesivo + mouth full.
    * hablar con la nariz = talk through + Posesivo + nose.
    * hablar con lengua de serpiente = talk with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue.
    * hablar con ritmo y rima = rap about.
    * hablar de = be on about, talk about, tell of.
    * hablar de boquilla = pay + lip service.
    * hablar del asunto con = take + the matter + up with.
    * hablar del mismo modo = talk + alike.
    * hablar del trabajo = talk + shop.
    * hablar despectivamente = speak + disparagingly.
    * hablar efusivamente = gush about.
    * hablar emotivamente y con efusividad = gush about.
    * hablar en contra de = speak against.
    * hablar en falso = speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue, speak with + a twisted tongue.
    * hablar en favor de = put + a word in for.
    * hablar en lengua desconocida = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.
    * hablar en plata = put + it crudely.
    * hablar en público = public speaking, speak in + public.
    * hablar entre dientes = mumble, mutter.
    * hablar entre dientes sin ser entendido = mumble.
    * hablar en voz alta = talk in + a loud voice.
    * hablar en voz baja = whisper, speak + low.
    * hablar explícitamente = speak out.
    * hablar hasta por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off.
    * hablar hasta reventar = talk + Reflexivo + blue in the face.
    * hablar incoherentmente = babble.
    * hablar mal de = speak against, speak out against, speak + ill of, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, slate, diss.
    * hablar maravillas de = praise.
    * hablar más de la cuenta = shoot + Posesivo + mouth off.
    * hablar muy bien de = rave about, rant and rave.
    * hablar pestes = trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.
    * hablar por hablar = waffle, talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * hablar por la nariz = talk through + Posesivo + nose.
    * hablar por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off, talk + Reflexivo + blue in the face.
    * hablar por Uno mismo = speak for + Reflexivo.
    * hablarse = on speaking terms.
    * hablarse bien de Algo o Alguien = be well spoken of.
    * hablar sin decir nada = waffle.
    * hablar sin parar = burble on.
    * hablar sin pensar = shoot from + the hip.
    * hablar sin ser entendido = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.
    * hablar sin ton ni son = talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * llevar a hablar de una cuestión = bring up + issue.
    * loro viejo no aprende a hablar = you can't teach an old dog new tricks, you can't teach an old dog new tricks.
    * ¡mira quién habla! = look who's talking!.
    * ¡ni hablar! = no dice!.
    * ¡ni hablar del caso! = no dice!.
    * persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.
    * que habla en voz baja = quietly spoken.
    * saber de lo que Uno estar hablando = know + Posesivo + stuff.
    * ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.
    * volver a hablar innecesariamente = belabour [belabor, -USA].
    * ya hemos hablado bastante de = so much for.

    * * *
    hablar [A1 ]
    ■ hablar (verbo intransitivo)
    A articular palabras
    B
    1 expresarse
    2 hablar + complemento
    C
    1 conversar
    2 charlar
    3 murmurar
    4 en conversaciones telefónicas
    D tratar, referirse a
    E bajo coacción
    F
    1 dar un discurso
    2 dirigirse a
    G
    1 anunciar un propósito
    2 rumorear
    H recordar
    I tener relaciones
    J México: por teléfono
    ■ hablar (verbo transitivo)
    A hablar: idioma
    B tratar, consultar
    C decir
    ■ hablarse (verbo pronominal)
    vi
    hablar en voz baja to speak o talk quietly, to speak o talk in a low voice
    habla más alto speak up
    habla más bajo don't speak so loudly, keep your voice down
    habla con un deje andaluz she speaks with a slight Andalusian accent, she has a slight Andalusian accent
    quítate la mano de la boca y habla claro take your hand away from your mouth and speak clearly
    es muy pequeño, todavía no sabe hablar he's still a baby, he hasn't started to talk yet o he isn't talking yet
    no hables con la boca llena don't talk with your mouth full
    hablar por la nariz to have a nasal voice, to talk through one's nose
    es una réplica perfecta, sólo le falta hablar it's a perfect likeness, you almost expect it to start talking
    B
    1 (expresarse) to speak
    déjalo hablar a él ahora let him speak now, let him have his say now ( colloq)
    no hables hasta que no se te pregunte don't speak until you're spoken to
    habla claro ¿cuánto quieres? tell me straight, how much do you want? ( colloq)
    ha hablado la voz de la experiencia there speaks the voice of experience, he speaks from experience
    las cifras hablan por sí solas the figures speak for themselves
    no sabe de qué va el tema, el caso es hablar he doesn't know what it's all about but he just has to have his say
    en fin, mejor no hablar anyway, I'd better keep my mouth shut
    ¡así se habla! that's what I like to hear!
    hablo en mi nombre y en el de mis compañeros I speak for myself and for my colleagues
    tú no hables or no hace falta que hables ( fam); you're a fine one to talk! ( colloq), you've got no room to talk! ( colloq), you can talk! ( colloq)
    mira quién habla or quién fue a hablar ( fam); look o hark who's talking ( colloq)
    hablar por hablar: no sabe nada del tema, habla por hablar he doesn't know anything about the subject, he just likes the sound of his own voice o he just talks for the sake of it
    hacer hablar a algn: ve a hacerte la cama y no me hagas hablar go and make your bed, and don't let me have to tell you twice o tell you again
    quien mucho habla mucho yerra the more you talk, the more mistakes you'll make
    2 (+ complemento) to speak
    ¿en qué idioma hablan en casa? what language do you speak at home?
    hablar por señas to use sign language
    no sabe hablar en público she's no good at speaking in public
    aunque no coincido con sus ideas, reconozco que habla muy bien even though I do not share his views, I accept that he is a very good speaker
    (el) hablar bien no cuesta dinero being polite never hurt anybody
    C
    1 (conversar) to talk
    está hablando con el vecino de arriba he's talking o speaking to the man from upstairs
    se pasaron toda la noche hablando they spent the whole night talking o ( colloq) chatting
    estaba hablando conmigo mismo I was talking to myself
    lo conozco de vista, pero nunca he hablado con él I know him by sight, but I've never actually spoken to him
    tú y yo tenemos que hablar you and I must have a talk, you and I have to talk
    ¿podemos hablar a solas un momento? can I have a word with you in private?, can I talk to you alone for a moment?
    no te vayas, tengo que hablarte or tengo que hablar contigo don't go, I need to speak to you o have a word with you
    para hablar con el director hay que solicitar entrevista you have to get an appointment if you want to speak to o see the director
    habla tú con él, quizás a ti te escuche you talk to him, maybe he'll listen to you
    es como si estuviera hablando con las paredes it's like talking to a brick wall
    hablar por teléfono/por el celular ( AmL) or el móvil ( Esp) to talk on the phone/cell phone ( AmE) o mobile ( BrE)
    hablando se entiende la gente ( fr hecha); if you/they talk it over you'll/they'll sort it out
    ni hablar: pretende que cargue con su trabajo y de eso ni hablar he wants me to do his work but there's no way that I'm going to
    ¿estarías dispuesto a hacerlo? — ¡ni hablar! would you be willing to do it? — no way o not likely o no chance! ( colloq)
    2 (charlar) to talk
    nos castigaron por hablar en clase we were punished for talking in class
    se pasó el día habla que te habla she talked nonstop the whole day ( colloq)
    3 (murmurar) to talk
    no hagas caso, a la gente le gusta mucho hablar don't take any notice, people just like to talk o gossip
    dar que hablar: si sigues actuando de esa manera, vas a dar que hablar if you carry on like that, people will start talking o tongues will start to wag
    4
    (en conversaciones telefónicas): ¿quién habla? who's speaking o calling?
    ¿con quién hablo? who am I speaking with ( AmE) o ( BrE) speaking to?
    D (tratar, referirse a) hablar DE algo/algn to talk ABOUT sth/sb
    ¿de qué están hablando? what are you talking about?
    hay muchas cosas de las que no puedo hablar con ella there are a lot of things I can't talk to her about
    tú y yo no tenemos nada de que hablar you and I have nothing to say to each other o nothing to discuss
    se pasaron toda la tarde hablando de negocios they spent the whole evening talking (about) o discussing business
    precisamente hablábamos de ti we were just talking about you
    estaban hablando de él a sus espaldas they were talking about him behind his back
    siempre está hablando mal de su suegra he never has anything good o a good word to say about his mother-in-law
    lo dejamos en 10.000 y no se hable más (de ello) let's say 10,000 and be done with it
    el viaje en tren sale caro, y no hablemos ya del avión going by train is expensive, and as for flying …
    en su libro habla de un tiempo futuro en el que … in his book he writes about o speaks of a time in the future when …
    hablar SOBREor ACERCA de algo to talk ABOUT sth
    ya hablaremos sobre ese tema en el momento oportuno we'll talk about that when the time comes
    hablar DE algo/algn to talk ABOUT sth/sb
    tengo que hablarte de algo importante there's something important I have to talk to you about
    háblame de tus planes para el futuro tell me about your plans for the future
    no sé de qué me estás hablando I don't know what you're talking about
    me han hablado mucho de ese restaurante I've heard a lot about that restaurant
    me han hablado muy bien de él people speak very highly of him, I've heard a lot of nice o good things about him
    Laura me ha hablado mucho de ti Laura's told me a lot about you
    hablemos de usted let's talk about you
    le he hablado al director de tu caso I've mentioned your case to the director, I've spoken to the director about your case
    no lograron hacerlo hablar they couldn't get him to talk
    F
    esta noche hablará por la radio he will speak on the radio tonight
    el rey habló a la nación the king spoke to o addressed the nation
    2 (dirigirse a) to speak
    haz el favor de no hablarme en ese tono please don't talk o speak to me in that tone of voice, please don't use that tone of voice with me
    ¿qué manera es ésa de hablarle a tu madre? that's no way to speak to your mother!
    no le hables de tú don't use the `tu' form with o to him
    díselo tú porque a mí no me habla you tell him because he isn't talking o speaking to me
    lleva una semana sin hablarme he hasn't spoken to me for a week
    G
    1 (anunciar un propósito) hablar DE + INF to talk OF -ING, talk ABOUT -ING
    se está hablando de construir una carretera nueva they're talking of o about building a new road, there's talk of a new road being built
    mucho hablar de ahorrar y va y se compra esto all this talk of saving and he goes and buys this!
    2 (rumorear) hablar DE algo:
    se habla ya de miles de víctimas there is already talk of thousands of casualties
    se habla de que va a renunciar it is said o rumored that she's going to resign, they say o people say that she's going to resign
    H ( liter) (recordar) hablar DE algo:
    unos monumentos que hablan de la grandeza de aquella época monuments which tell of o reflect the grandeur of that era
    I ( ant) (tener relaciones) to court ( dated)
    J ( México) (por teléfono) to call, phone, ring ( BrE)
    te habló Laura Laura called o phoned o ( BrE) rang
    ■ hablar
    vt
    A ‹idioma› to speak
    habla el idioma con mucha soltura he speaks the language fluently
    [ S ] se habla español Spanish spoken
    B (tratar, consultar) to talk about, discuss
    háblalo con tu padre speak o talk to your father about it
    eso ya lo hablaremos más adelante we'll talk about that o discuss that later
    esto vamos a tener que hablarlo con más tiempo we're going to have to talk about o discuss this when we have more time
    ya está todo resuelto, no hay (nada) más que hablar it's all settled, there's nothing more to discuss o say
    C ( fam)
    (decir): no hables disparates or tonterías don't talk nonsense, don't talk garbage ( AmE colloq), don't talk rubbish ( BrE colloq)
    no habló ni una palabra en toda la reunión he didn't say a word throughout the whole meeting
    llevan meses sin hablarse they haven't spoken to each other for months
    ¿piensas seguir toda la vida sin hablarte con ella? are you never going to speak to her again?, aren't you ever going to talk to her again?
    * * *

     

    hablar ( conjugate hablar) verbo intransitivo
    1


    habla más bajo keep your voice down



    ( francamente) to speak frankly;

    un político que habla muy bien a politician who is a very good speaker;
    hablar por hablar to talk for the sake of it
    2


    tenemos que hablar we must (have a) talk;
    hablar con algn to speak o talk to sb;
    tengo que hablarte or que hablar contigo I need to speak to you o have a word with you;
    está hablando por teléfono he's on the phone;
    ¡ni hablar! no way! (colloq), no chance! (colloq)


    ◊ dar que hablar to start people talking

    d) ( rumorear):


    se habla de que va a renunciar it is said o rumored that she's going to resign

    ◊ ¿con quién hablo? who am I speaking with (AmE) o (BrE) speaking to?

    3
    a) (tratar, referirse a) hablar de algo/algn to talk about sth/sb;

    ◊ hablar de negocios to talk (about) o discuss business;

    siempre habla mal de ella he never has a good word to say about her;
    hablan muy bien de él people speak very highly of him;
    me ha hablado mucho de ti she's told me a lot about you;
    en tren sale caro, y no hablemos ya del avión going by train is expensive, and as for flying …;
    háblame de tus planes tell me about your plans;
    hablar sobre or acerca de algo to talk about sth


    háblale de tú use the `tú' form with him
    c) ( anunciar propósito) hablar de hacer algo to talk of doing sth;


    4 (Méx) ( por teléfono) to call, phone
    verbo transitivo
    1 ‹ idioma› to speak
    2 ( tratar):

    ya lo hablaremos más adelante we'll talk about o discuss that later
    hablarse verbo pronominal:

    no se habla con ella he's not speaking o talking to her, he's not on speaking terms with her
    hablar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to speak, talk: estaba hablando con Jorge, I was speaking to Jorge
    habla muy mal de su marido, she speaks badly of her husband
    2 (charlar) to talk, chat: le encanta hablar por teléfono, he loves chatting on the phone
    3 (tratar, versar) to talk about: este artículo habla de los extraterrestres, this article deals with aliens
    4 (referirse) no hablaba de ella, I wasn't talking about her
    habla de él como si de un dios se tratara, you would have thought she was talking about a god from the way she spoke about him
    II verbo transitivo
    1 (una lengua) to speak: habla francés, he speaks French
    2 (discutir, tratar) to talk over, discuss: háblalo con tu madre, talk it over with your mother
    no tengo nada que hablar contigo, I've nothing to say to you
    3 (decir) habla maravillas de su nuevo coche, he's raving on about his new car
    ♦ Locuciones: hablar en broma, to be joking
    familiar ¡mira tú quién fue a hablar!, look who's talking!
    ni hablar, certainly not

    ' hablar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abominar
    - acento
    - alquilar
    - alta
    - alto
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - balbucear
    - broma
    - caldo
    - callar
    - carrete
    - cascar
    - cerrada
    - cerrado
    - cerrarse
    - chistar
    - clara
    - claro
    - codo
    - como
    - contigo
    - correr
    - costar
    - dar
    - dejar
    - deshora
    - despepitarse
    - dialéctica
    - embalarse
    - en
    - enrollarse
    - extenderse
    - fanfarronear
    - gachó
    - gangosa
    - gangoso
    - habla
    - hablarse
    - impertinencia
    - imprudencia
    - íntima
    - íntimo
    - maravilla
    - murmurar
    - ni
    - palabra
    - parar
    - peluquín
    - permitir
    English:
    about
    - abruptly
    - admire
    - afraid
    - age
    - alone
    - approachable
    - babble
    - bitterly
    - blunt
    - bone
    - break off
    - breath
    - breathe
    - captivate
    - confidence
    - crack
    - croak
    - curt
    - delegation
    - directly
    - discuss
    - do
    - dog
    - drawl
    - drone
    - easy
    - evenly
    - fear
    - female
    - fluent
    - go on
    - gush
    - harp on
    - hear of
    - hot air
    - jabber
    - jaw
    - likely
    - male-dominated
    - mimic
    - mouth
    - mutter
    - nasally
    - need
    - nelly
    - nice
    - nonstop
    - oneself
    - pipe up
    * * *
    ♦ vi
    1. [emitir palabras] to speak;
    hablar en voz alta/baja to speak loudly/softly;
    el bebé ya habla the baby is talking already
    2. [expresarse, comunicarse] to speak;
    hablar claro to speak clearly;
    hablar en español/inglés to speak in Spanish/English;
    hablar por señas to use sign language;
    dejar hablar a alguien to let sb speak;
    déjame hablar a mí [como representante] let me do the talking;
    [en discusión] let me get a word in;
    hacer hablar a alguien [a tímido] to get sb talking;
    [en interrogatorio] to get sb to talk;
    hablar solo to talk to oneself;
    estos detalles hablan mucho del tipo de persona que es these small points say a lot about the sort of person she is;
    sus actos hablan por sí solos his actions speak for themselves;
    ¡así se habla! hear, hear!;
    ¡qué bien habla este político! this politician's a really good speaker;
    hablar por hablar to talk for the sake of talking;
    ¡mira quién habla o [m5] quién fue a hablar! look who's talking!
    3. [conversar] to talk ( con o Am a to), to speak ( con o Am a to);
    estaba hablando en broma I was only joking;
    ¿podemos hablar un momento? could I have a word with you?;
    estuvimos toda la noche hablando we talked all night, we spent all night talking;
    no debes hablar en clase you mustn't talk in class;
    necesito hablar contigo I need to talk o speak to you, we need to talk;
    hablé con ella ayer por la noche I spoke to her last night;
    ¿has hablado con él alguna vez? have you ever talked o spoken to him?;
    hablé con él por teléfono I spoke to him on the phone;
    está hablando por teléfono he's on the phone;
    ¡(de eso) ni hablar! no way!;
    4. [tratar]
    hablar de algo/alguien to talk o speak about sth/sb;
    hablar sobre o [m5] acerca de algo to talk o speak about sth;
    hablar bien/mal de to speak well/badly of;
    háblame de ti tell me about yourself;
    me han hablado muy bien de este restaurante I've heard a lot of good things about this restaurant, I've heard people speak very highly of this restaurant;
    mi hermano me ha hablado mucho de ti my brother's told me a lot about you;
    es mejor no hablar del tema it would be best if we didn't mention the subject;
    tenemos muy buenos tenistas, y no hablemos de futbolistas… we have very good tennis players, and as for footballers…
    5. [murmurar] to talk;
    hablar mal de alguien to criticize sb, to run sb down;
    siempre va hablando de los demás she's always going around saying things about o talking about other people;
    dar que hablar to make people talk
    6. [pronunciar un discurso] to speak;
    el presidente habló a las masas the president spoke to o addressed the masses
    7. [confesar] to talk;
    lo torturaron y al final habló they tortured him and in the end he talked
    8. [dar un tratamiento]
    me puedes hablar de tú you can address me as “tú”;
    ¡a mí no me hables así! don't you speak to me like that!
    ♦ vt
    1. [idioma] to speak;
    habla danés y sueco she can speak o she speaks Danish and Swedish;
    habla muy bien el portugués he speaks very good Portuguese
    2. [asunto] to discuss ( con with);
    es mejor que lo hables con el jefe it would be better if you talked to the boss about it;
    vamos a ir, y no hay nada más que hablar we're going, and that's that
    * * *
    v/i
    1 speak;
    hablar alto/bajo speak loudly/softly;
    hablar claro fig say what one means;
    hablar por sí solo fig speak for o.s.
    2 ( conversar) talk;
    hablar con alguien talk to s.o., talk with s.o.
    3
    :
    hablar de de libro etc be about, deal with
    4
    :
    ¡ni hablar! no way!;
    hablar por hablar talk for the sake of it;
    ¡mira quién habla! look who’s talking!;
    no me hagas hablar más I don’t want to have to say this again!;
    no se hable más (del asunto) I don’t want to hear anything more about it;
    por no hablar de … not to mention …
    * * *
    hablar vi
    1) : to speak, to talk
    hablar en broma: to be joking
    2)
    hablar de : to mention, to talk about
    3)
    dar que hablar : to make people talk
    hablar vt
    1) : to speak (a language)
    2) : to talk about, to discuss
    háblalo con tu jefe: discuss it with your boss
    * * *
    hablar vb
    1. (idiomas, por teléfono, dar un discurso) to speak [pt. spoke; pp. spoken]
    ¿hablas inglés? do you speak English?
    ¿puedo hablar con Javi? can I speak to Javi?
    2. (conversar) to talk
    ¡ni hablar! no way!

    Spanish-English dictionary > hablar

  • 87 límite

    m.
    1 limit, boundary, border, borderline.
    2 breaking point.
    3 limit, cap.
    4 ora, edge.
    * * *
    1 (extremo) limit; (en un terreno) boundary
    2 (frontera) boundary
    \
    sin límites boundless
    todo tiene un límite there's a limit to everything
    límite de velocidad speed limit
    * * *
    noun m.
    2) border, boundary
    * * *
    1. SM
    1) [gen] limit

    podrá presentarse cualquiera, sin límite de edad — anyone can apply, regardless o irrespective of age, anyone can apply, there's no age limit

    eran exámenes larguísimos, sin límite de tiempo — the exams were very long, there was no time limit

    • como o de límite, tenemos como o de límite el sábado para presentar el trabajo — the deadline for submitting our work is Saturday

    • poner (un) límite a, han puesto un límite de participantes — they have put a limit o restriction on the number of participants

    nos pusieron un límite de dinero para gastar — they put a restriction on o limited the amount of money we had to spend

    pretenden poner límite a la investigación sobre embriones — they aim to put tighter controls on research into embryos, they aim to restrict o curb research into embryos

    • sin límites — limitless

    • no tener límites — to know no bounds

    límite de crédito — (Com) credit limit

    2) (Geog, Pol) boundary, border

    límite forestal — tree line, timber line

    3) (Inform)
    4) (=final) end
    2.
    ADJ INV extreme, maximum
    * * *
    1) (Geog, Pol) boundary
    2)
    a) ( cifra máxima) limit

    poner un límite a algo — to limit o restrict something

    b) (tope, extremo) limit

    bondad sin límites — unlimited o boundless goodness

    3) (como adj inv)
    * * *
    = bound, boundary, cut-off point, to what extent, borderline, frontier, confine, fringe, limit, cut off [cutoff], shore, breaking point, ceiling.
    Ex. A subject which is perceived as being entirely contained within the bounds of another will have its 'circle' totally within the boundaries of the domain for the broader subject.
    Ex. Note the different definitions, and the different boundaries for this one subject area.
    Ex. The names of Muslim authors throughout the classical period, for which the cut-off point is around the year 1800, were made up of the following elements.
    Ex. Clearly an index must permit access to a document by its central theme, but, to what extent should access be provided to secondary or subsidiary topics considered within a document?.
    Ex. Both approaches have in common, however, the problem of establishing a borderline between public interest and private initiative.
    Ex. Start afresh, think anew; the frontiers are boundless.
    Ex. For a century we have been repeating inanities and keeping up this timid, non-committal retreat from society, but if we think of ourselves as communicating librarians we may see our inescapable involvement within the confines (but the illimitable confines) of our profession.
    Ex. The university is located 15 miles from the center of town on the southern fringe.
    Ex. The Catalogue Module has no limit on the length of a record, and a single field can be up to 200 characters in length.
    Ex. It is assumed that the sum of those units receiving top priority status is less than the current budgeted amount and that a cut off will occur at some point.
    Ex. People have employed this term to encompass programmes of study stretching from the furthest shores of technology-based activity to the vaguest and most nebulous-seeming courses of study in the arts/humanities areas.
    Ex. Every night thousands of illegal aliens cross into Arizona and the people there are truly at the breaking point.
    Ex. The Taiwan government is planning to lift the subsidy ceiling for solar equipment makers aiming to increase self-sufficiency to 80%.
    ----
    * alcanzar el límite de = reach + the limits of.
    * alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + capacidad = stretch + Nombre + beyond the breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to the limit.
    * alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + posibilidades = reach + the limits of + Posesivo + potential.
    * averiguar el límite de Algo = plumb + the depths of.
    * confudir los límites entre = blur + the lines between.
    * confundir los límites entre = blur + the boundaries between.
    * con límites impuestos por uno mismo = self-limiting.
    * dentro de los límites de = within the bounds of.
    * dentro de unos límites = within limits.
    * desaparición de los límites = blurring of boundaries.
    * desdibujar los límites = blur + the lines between.
    * establecer límites = draw + limits.
    * establecer un límite = set + limit.
    * exceder un límite = exceed + limit.
    * fecha límite = cut-off date, closing date, deadline.
    * fijar un límite = set + cut-off point.
    * hasta el límite de = to the limits of.
    * hasta el límite de las posibilidades de Algo = to + Posesivo + full potential.
    * la imaginación no tiene límites = your imagination is the limit.
    * límite de edad = age limit.
    * límite de las nieves perpetuas = snowline.
    * límite de tiempo = time limit.
    * límite de velocidad = speed limit.
    * límite fluctuante = moving wall.
    * límite inferior = lower bound.
    * límite máximo = upper limit.
    * límite, punto de ruptura = breaking point.
    * límites + desaparecer = boundaries + crumble.
    * límites de una propiedad = metes and bounds.
    * límite superior = upper limit, upper bound.
    * llegar al límite = reach + the breaking point.
    * llegar al límite de + Posesivo + capacidad = stretch + Nombre + beyond the breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to the limit.
    * llevar a Alguien al límite = push + Alguien + over the edge, drive + Alguien + over the edge.
    * llevar al límite = stretch.
    * marcar los límites = mark out.
    * no existir límites = there + be + no limit.
    * no haber límites = there + be + no limit.
    * no hay límite(s) = the sky is the limit.
    * no tener límite = have + no limit.
    * no tener límites = be boundless.
    * pasarse del límite = overrun [over-run].
    * ser el límite = be the limit.
    * sin límite = without limit, without stint, interminably.
    * sin límite(s) = unbounded, unfettered, unstinting, unstintingly, the sky is the limit.
    * * *
    1) (Geog, Pol) boundary
    2)
    a) ( cifra máxima) limit

    poner un límite a algo — to limit o restrict something

    b) (tope, extremo) limit

    bondad sin límites — unlimited o boundless goodness

    3) (como adj inv)
    * * *
    = bound, boundary, cut-off point, to what extent, borderline, frontier, confine, fringe, limit, cut off [cutoff], shore, breaking point, ceiling.

    Ex: A subject which is perceived as being entirely contained within the bounds of another will have its 'circle' totally within the boundaries of the domain for the broader subject.

    Ex: Note the different definitions, and the different boundaries for this one subject area.
    Ex: The names of Muslim authors throughout the classical period, for which the cut-off point is around the year 1800, were made up of the following elements.
    Ex: Clearly an index must permit access to a document by its central theme, but, to what extent should access be provided to secondary or subsidiary topics considered within a document?.
    Ex: Both approaches have in common, however, the problem of establishing a borderline between public interest and private initiative.
    Ex: Start afresh, think anew; the frontiers are boundless.
    Ex: For a century we have been repeating inanities and keeping up this timid, non-committal retreat from society, but if we think of ourselves as communicating librarians we may see our inescapable involvement within the confines (but the illimitable confines) of our profession.
    Ex: The university is located 15 miles from the center of town on the southern fringe.
    Ex: The Catalogue Module has no limit on the length of a record, and a single field can be up to 200 characters in length.
    Ex: It is assumed that the sum of those units receiving top priority status is less than the current budgeted amount and that a cut off will occur at some point.
    Ex: People have employed this term to encompass programmes of study stretching from the furthest shores of technology-based activity to the vaguest and most nebulous-seeming courses of study in the arts/humanities areas.
    Ex: Every night thousands of illegal aliens cross into Arizona and the people there are truly at the breaking point.
    Ex: The Taiwan government is planning to lift the subsidy ceiling for solar equipment makers aiming to increase self-sufficiency to 80%.
    * alcanzar el límite de = reach + the limits of.
    * alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + capacidad = stretch + Nombre + beyond the breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to the limit.
    * alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + posibilidades = reach + the limits of + Posesivo + potential.
    * averiguar el límite de Algo = plumb + the depths of.
    * confudir los límites entre = blur + the lines between.
    * confundir los límites entre = blur + the boundaries between.
    * con límites impuestos por uno mismo = self-limiting.
    * dentro de los límites de = within the bounds of.
    * dentro de unos límites = within limits.
    * desaparición de los límites = blurring of boundaries.
    * desdibujar los límites = blur + the lines between.
    * establecer límites = draw + limits.
    * establecer un límite = set + limit.
    * exceder un límite = exceed + limit.
    * fecha límite = cut-off date, closing date, deadline.
    * fijar un límite = set + cut-off point.
    * hasta el límite de = to the limits of.
    * hasta el límite de las posibilidades de Algo = to + Posesivo + full potential.
    * la imaginación no tiene límites = your imagination is the limit.
    * límite de edad = age limit.
    * límite de las nieves perpetuas = snowline.
    * límite de tiempo = time limit.
    * límite de velocidad = speed limit.
    * límite fluctuante = moving wall.
    * límite inferior = lower bound.
    * límite máximo = upper limit.
    * límite, punto de ruptura = breaking point.
    * límites + desaparecer = boundaries + crumble.
    * límites de una propiedad = metes and bounds.
    * límite superior = upper limit, upper bound.
    * llegar al límite = reach + the breaking point.
    * llegar al límite de + Posesivo + capacidad = stretch + Nombre + beyond the breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to breaking point, stretch + Nombre + to the limit.
    * llevar a Alguien al límite = push + Alguien + over the edge, drive + Alguien + over the edge.
    * llevar al límite = stretch.
    * marcar los límites = mark out.
    * no existir límites = there + be + no limit.
    * no haber límites = there + be + no limit.
    * no hay límite(s) = the sky is the limit.
    * no tener límite = have + no limit.
    * no tener límites = be boundless.
    * pasarse del límite = overrun [over-run].
    * ser el límite = be the limit.
    * sin límite = without limit, without stint, interminably.
    * sin límite(s) = unbounded, unfettered, unstinting, unstintingly, the sky is the limit.

    * * *
    A ( Geog, Pol) boundary
    el límite norte del país the country's northern border o boundary
    los límites de la propiedad the boundaries of the property
    B
    no hay límite de tiempo there is no time limit
    el límite de velocidad the speed limit
    no puede gastar lo que quiera, tiene un límite she can't spend what she likes, she has to keep within a limit
    pusieron un límite al número de llamadas they limited o restricted the number of calls
    2 (tope, extremo) limit
    mi paciencia ha llegado a su límite I've reached the limit of my patience
    su generosidad no conoce límites his generosity knows no limits o bounds
    bondad sin límites unlimited o boundless goodness
    la situación está llegando a límites insostenibles the situation is becoming untenable
    no te lo consiento, todo tiene un límite I won't allow it, enough is enough o there are limits
    Compuestos:
    credit limit
    spending limit
    weight limit
    tolerance level
    tiempo límite time limit
    situación límite extreme situation
    es un caso límite it's a borderline case
    fecha límite final date, deadline, closing date
    * * *

     

    Del verbo limitar: ( conjugate limitar)

    limité es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) pretérito indicativo

    limite es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    limitar    
    límite
    limitar ( conjugate limitar) verbo transitivo ‹funciones/derechos› to limit, restrict
    verbo intransitivo límite con algo [país/finca] to border on sth
    limitarse verbo pronominal:
    ◊ el problema no se limita a las ciudades the problem is not confined o limited to cities;

    me limité a repetir lo dicho I just repeated what was said
    límite sustantivo masculino
    1 (Geog, Pol) boundary
    2 ( tope) limit;

    su ambición no tiene límites his ambition knows no limits;
    sin límites unlimited;
    ¡todo tiene un límite! enough is enough!
    3 ( como adj inv):

    situación límite extreme situation;
    fecha límite deadline
    limitar
    I verbo transitivo to limit, restrict: tengo que limitar mis gastos, I have to limit my spending
    II verbo intransitivo to border: limita al norte con Francia, at North it borders on France
    límite sustantivo masculino
    1 limit
    2 Geog Pol boundary, border: está en el límite de lo legal, it is on the law borderline
    II adjetivo
    1 (tope) limit
    fecha límite, deadline
    (máximo) la temperatura límite es de 200 grados, the maximum temperature is 200 degrees
    situación límite, extreme situation
    ' límite' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    bordear
    - estiramiento
    - extrema
    - extremo
    - fecha
    - freno
    - hasta
    - rebasar
    - salirse
    - sobrepasar
    - techo
    - tope
    - traspasar
    - umbral
    - exceder
    - limitar
    - salir
    English:
    boundary
    - ceiling
    - cut-off
    - deadline
    - designate
    - exceed
    - limit
    - limitless
    - line
    - obsession
    - quota
    - rope
    - time limit
    - border
    - breaking
    - closing
    - credit
    - cut
    - dead
    - sell
    - speed
    * * *
    1. [tope] limit;
    al límite at the limit;
    dentro de un límite within limits;
    tiene una amabilidad sin límites his kindness knows no bounds;
    su pasión no tiene límite her passion knows no bounds;
    está trabajando al límite de sus posibilidades she's working at full stretch;
    estoy al límite de mis fuerzas I've reached the limit of my strength;
    me dejan estar conectado a Internet sin límite de tiempo I have unlimited access to the Internet;
    mi paciencia tiene un límite my patience has limits;
    no hay límite de edad there's no age limit
    Fin límite de crédito credit limit;
    2. [confín] boundary;
    el límite norte de la finca the northernmost boundary of the property
    3. Mat limit
    4. [como adjetivo] [precio, velocidad, edad] maximum;
    [situación] extreme; [caso] borderline;
    fecha límite de entrega: 15 de junio deadline for submissions: 15 June
    * * *
    I m
    1 limit;
    sin límites limitless
    2 ( linea de separación) boundary
    II adj
    :
    situación límite extreme situation;
    caso límite borderline case
    * * *
    1) : boundary, border
    2) : limit
    el límite de mi paciencia: the limit of my patience
    límite de velocidad: speed limit
    3)
    fecha límite : deadline
    * * *
    2. (de territorio) boundary [pl. boundaries]

    Spanish-English dictionary > límite

  • 88 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 89 damit

    I Adv.
    1. with it ( oder them); betont: with that ( oder those); (mittels) by ( oder with) it ( betont: that), Pl. with them ( betont: those); her damit! umg. give it to me, hand it over; weg damit! umg. take ( oder put) it away; heraus damit! umg. (sag schon) spit it out!; (gib her) hand it over!; was will er damit sagen? what’s he trying to say?; was soll ich damit? what am I supposed ( oder meant) to do with it?; wie steht’s oder wär’s damit? how about it?; wir sind damit einverstanden we have no objections; damit wirst du nichts erreichen that won’t get you anywhere; damit kann man niemanden überzeugen that won’t convince anybody; er fing damit an, dass er... he began by (+ Ger.) damit soll nicht gesagt sein, dass... that doesn’t mean (to say) that...
    2. (folglich, somit) as a result, (and) so; (mit diesen Worten) with that, with these words; und damit Schluss! and let that be the end of it!; und damit kehrte Ruhe ein and with ( oder at) that, silence fell; damit steht der Sieger fest that decides (who is) the winner; damit endet das heutige Programm that brings us to the end of today’s program(me); damit war alles wieder beim Alten things were back to where we started
    II Konj. so that, in order to (+ Inf.), so as to (+ Inf.) damit nicht so as not to (+ Inf.) stärker: for fear that s.o. (oder s.th.) might...; damit er nicht kommt so that he doesn’t come
    * * *
    that (Konj.); therewith (Adv.); so (Konj.); so that (Konj.); in order to (Konj.)
    * * *
    da|mịt [da'mɪt] (emph) ['daːmɪt]
    1. adv → auch mit, vbs +mit
    1) (= mit diesem Gegenstand, dieser Tätigkeit, mithilfe davon) with it/that

    sie hat Ärger mit der Waschmaschine – damit habe ich auch Probleme — she's having trouble with her washing machine – I've got problems with mine too

    was will er damit? — what does he want that for?, what does he want with that?

    2)

    (= mit, in dieser Angelegenheit) meint er mich damit? — does he mean me?

    weißt du, was er damit meint? — do you know what he means by that?

    wie wäre es damit? — how about it?

    er konnte mir nicht sagen, was es damit auf sich hat — he couldn't tell me what it was all about

    wie sieht es damit aus? — what's happening about or with (esp US) it?

    das/er hat gar nichts damit zu tun — that/he has nothing to do with it

    damit ist nichts (inf) — it's no go (inf)

    hör auf damit! (inf) — lay off! (inf)

    3)

    (bei Verben) was willst du damit sagen? — what's that supposed or meant to mean?

    damit will ich nicht sagen, dass... — I don't mean to say that...

    damit, dass du dich jetzt aufregst, machst du den Schaden auch nicht wieder gut — you're not making anything better by getting excited

    sie fangen schon damit an, das Haus abzureißen — they're already starting to pull down the house

    damit fing der Streit an — the argument started with that

    der Streit fing damit an, dass er behauptete... — the argument started when he said...

    er fing damit an, dass er... sagte — he began by saying that...

    See:
    → vb +mit
    4) (bei Befehlen) with it

    weg/heraus damit! — away/out with it

    5) (begründend) therefore

    er verlor den zweiten Satz und damit das Spiel — he lost the second set and therefore the match

    damit ist es klar, dass er es war — from that it's clear that it was he (form) or him

    6) (= daraufhin, dann, jetzt) with that

    damit schließe ich für heute — I'll close with that for today

    2. conj
    so that

    damit er nicht fällt — so that he does not fall, lest he (should) fall (old)

    * * *
    1) (so that: He checked all his figures again in order that the report might be as accurate as possible.) in order (that)
    2) (with the purpose that; in order that: I'll wash this dress so that you can wear it.) so that
    * * *
    da·mit
    [daˈmɪt]
    I. adv
    1. (mit etw, mithilfe davon) with that; (mit Besagtem) with it
    was soll ich \damit? what am I supposed to do with that?
    was will er \damit? what does he want that for [or with that]?
    ich bin bald fertig \damit I'll soon be finished
    er kaufte Blumen/eine Flasche Champagner und ging \damit zu ihr he bought flowers/a bottle of champagne and took them/it to her
    sie nahm einen Hammer und zerschlug \damit das Fenster she took a hammer and used it to smash the window [or and smashed the window with it]
    Ärger mit der Waschmaschine? — \damit habe ich auch Probleme! trouble with your washing machine? — I've got problems with mine too
    ist deine Frage \damit beantwortet? does that answer your question?
    meint er mich \damit? does he mean me?, is he talking to me?
    was meint sie \damit? what does she mean by that?
    was ist \damit? what about it?
    wie wäre es \damit? how about it?
    haben Sie darüber nachgedacht? und was ist nun \damit? have you thought about it? so what do you say?
    \damit sieht es heute schlecht aus today is a bad day for it
    er konnte mir nicht sagen, was es \damit auf sich hat he couldn't tell me what it was all about
    ist Ihre Frage \damit beantwortet? has that answered your question?
    musst du immer wieder \damit ankommen? must you keep [harping] on about it?
    ich habe nichts \damit zu tun I have nothing to do with it
    \damit ist nichts (fam) that's no go fam
    hör auf \damit! stop it!
    \damit hat es noch Zeit there's no hurry for that
    3. mit bestimmten vb, subst, adj with that; (mit Besagtem) with it
    \damit fing alles an everything started with that
    lass uns morgen \damit anfangen let's start with it tomorrow
    lasst uns schon \damit anfangen let's get started on it
    sie fangen schon \damit an, das Haus abzureißen they're already starting to pull down the house
    was willst du \damit sagen? what's that supposed [or meant] to mean?
    \damit will ich nicht sagen, dass... I don't mean to say that...
    sind Sie \damit einverstanden? do you agree to that?
    \damit hatte ich nicht gerechnet I hadn't reckoned on [or with] that
    er hatte nicht \damit gerechnet, dass sie mitkommen würden he hadn't reckoned on them [or form their] coming
    hast du immer noch Schwierigkeiten \damit? do you still have difficulties with it/that?
    da bin ich nicht mit einverstanden I don't agree to that
    5. (fam: in Befehlen) with it
    heraus \damit! out with it!
    weg \damit! away [or off] with it!
    genug [o Schluss] \damit! that's enough [of that]!
    her \damit! give it to me [or fam here]!
    6. (hiermit) with that
    ich bestand die letzte Prüfung und \damit mein Examen I passed the last test and with that my final exam
    der Vorhang fiel und \damit war die Aufführung zu Ende the curtain fell, and the performance was over
    \damit kommen wir zum nächsten Punkt that brings us to our next point
    7. (somit) therefore
    der siebte und \damit letzte Teil the seventh and therefore last part
    \damit ist es klar, dass... from that it is clear that...
    II. konj so that
    wir schalteten das Licht aus, \damit uns niemand sah we switched off the light so that nobody could see us
    ich nahm die Kürzung, \damit ich früher ankam I took the short cut [in order] to arrive earlier
    \damit er nichts verriet, gab sie ihm einen Teil des Geldes to stop him from telling everybody she gave him some of the money
    \damit das klar ist, ich bin hier der Chef so that we understand each other, I'm the boss here
    * * *
    1.
    1) (mit dieser Sache) with it/them

    was ist denn damit? — what's the matter with it/them?; what about it/them?

    2) (gleichzeitig) with that; thereupon
    3) (daher) thus; as a result
    2.
    Konjunktion so that
    * * *
    A. adv
    1. with it ( oder them); betont: with that ( oder those); (mittels) by ( oder with) it ( betont: that), pl with them ( betont: those);
    her damit! umg give it to me, hand it over;
    weg damit! umg take ( oder put) it away;
    heraus damit! umg (sag schon) spit it out!; (gib her) hand it over!;
    was will er damit sagen? what’s he trying to say?;
    was soll ich damit? what am I supposed ( oder meant) to do with it?;
    wie steht’s oder
    wär’s damit? how about it?;
    wir sind damit einverstanden we have no objections;
    damit wirst du nichts erreichen that won’t get you anywhere;
    damit kann man niemanden überzeugen that won’t convince anybody;
    er fing damit an, dass er … he began by (+ger)
    damit soll nicht gesagt sein, dass … that doesn’t mean (to say) that …
    2. (folglich, somit) as a result, (and) so; (mit diesen Worten) with that, with these words;
    und damit Schluss! and let that be the end of it!;
    und damit kehrte Ruhe ein and with ( oder at) that, silence fell;
    damit steht der Sieger fest that decides (who is) the winner;
    damit endet das heutige Programm that brings us to the end of today’s program(me);
    damit war alles wieder beim Alten things were back to where we started
    B. konj so that, in order to (+inf), so as to (+inf)
    damit nicht so as not to (+inf) stärker: for fear that sb (oder sth) might …;
    damit er nicht kommt so that he doesn’t come
    * * *
    1.
    1) (mit dieser Sache) with it/them

    was ist denn damit? — what's the matter with it/them?; what about it/them?

    2) (gleichzeitig) with that; thereupon
    3) (daher) thus; as a result
    2.
    Konjunktion so that
    * * *
    adv.
    therewith adv. präp.
    with it expr.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > damit

  • 90 acabar

    v.
    1 to finish, to end.
    hemos acabado el trabajo we've finished the work
    acabó sus días en el exilio he ended his days in exile
    el asunto acabó mal the affair finished o ended badly
    cuando acabes, avísame tell me when you've finished
    acabar de trabajar/comer to finish working/eating
    el cuchillo acaba en punta the knife ends in a point
    ¡acabáramos! (informal) at last!, about time!
    La película acabó The film finished.
    Ya terminé I already finished
    Acabé mi trabajo I finished my job.
    acabar loco to end up (going) mad
    ese acabará en la cárcel he'll end up in jail
    Acabé muy cansado I ended up exhausted.
    Ella acabó cantando en un club nocturno She ended up singing in a nightclub.
    3 to finish with, to destroy, to be someone's ruin, to cause someone's ruin.
    La mafia acabó con Ricardo The Mafia finished with Richard.
    4 to tire out.
    El esfuerzo lo acabó The effort tired him out.
    5 to have an orgasm, to come.
    María acabó al hacer el amor Mary had an orgasm when making love.
    * * *
    1 (gen) to finish, finish off; (completar) to complete
    2 (consumir) to use up
    1 (gen) to finish, end; (pareja) to split up
    2 acabar por + gerundio to end up + - ing
    1 to end, finish, come to an end (no quedar) to run out
    \
    acabar bien to have a happy ending
    acabar con (destruir) to destroy, put an end to 2 (terminar) to finish, finish off
    ■ ¡este chico acabará conmigo! this boy will be the death of me!
    acabar de + inf to have just + past participle
    ■ no lo toques, acabo de pintarlo ahora mismo don't touch it, I've just painted it
    acabar mal (cosa) to end badly 2 (persona) to come to a bad end
    ¡acabáramos! familiar at last!
    no acabar de...
    ¡se acabó! that's it!
    * * *
    verb
    to finish, complete, end
    - acabar de
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=terminar) [+ actividad, trabajo] [gen] to finish; (=dar el toque final a) to finish off

    ¿habéis acabado la instalación de la antena? — have you finished installing the aerial?

    2) (=consumir) to finish
    3) LAm (=hablar mal de)
    2. VI
    1) (=terminar) to finish, end

    ¿te falta mucho para acabar? — are you nearly finished?, have you got long to go?

    la crisis lleva años y no acaba — the recession has been going on for years and there's no sign of it ending

    acabáramos —

    acabáramos, ¿así que se trata de tu hijo? — oh, I see, so it's your son, then?

    cuento I, 1), rosario 1)
    2)

    • acabar con —

    a) [+ comida] to finish off; [+ injusticia] to put an end to, stop; [+ relación] to end; [+ reservas] to exhaust, use up; [+ esperanzas] to put paid to

    ¿todavía no has acabado con la carta? — haven't you finished the letter yet?

    b) [+ persona] (=atender) to finish with; (=matar) to do away with

    cuando acabe con ella, te lavo la cabeza — when I'm done o finished with her, I'll wash your hair

    ¡acabemos con él! — let's do away with him! *

    3)

    • acabar de hacer algo —

    a) [cuando se ha terminado]
    b) [cuando se está haciendo]

    para acabar de arreglarlo —

    para acabar de arreglarlo, se fue sin despedirse — on top of everything, she left without even saying goodbye

    - ¡acaba de parir!
    c)

    • no acabo de entender por qué lo hizo — I just can't understand why she did it

    4) [con complemento de modo]

    la palabra acaba con o por "z" — the word ends in a "z"

    • acabar en algo — to end in sth

    después de tanto hablar, todo acabó en nada — after all that talk, it all came to nothing

    5)

    • acabar haciendo algo, acabar por hacer algo — to end up doing sth

    6) [en una relación] to finish, split up

    hemos acabado — we've finished, we've split up

    ¿cuánto hace que acabaste con ella? — how long is it since you split up with o finished with her?

    7) LAm *** (=eyacular) to come ***
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) reunión/película to finish, end; persona to finish; novios to split up

    acabáramos! — (fam) now I get it! (colloq)

    b) (en un estado, situación) to end up

    ¿cómo acabó lo de anoche? — how did things end up last night?

    acabó en la cárcel — he ended up in jail; (+ compl)

    acabar + ger o acabar por + inf — to end up -ing

    acabarán aceptándolo o por aceptarlo — they'll end up accepting it

    acabé por convencerme de que... — in the end I became convinced that...

    c) ( rematar)
    a)

    acabar con algo — ( terminar) con libro/tarea to finish with something; con bombones/bebidas to finish off something; con salud/carrera to ruin something; con sueldo/herencia to fritter away something; con abuso/problema to put an end to something

    b) (fam)

    acabar con alguien — ( pelearse) to finish with somebody; ( matar) to do away with somebody (colloq)

    a) ( terminar)

    acabar de + inf — to finish -ing

    para acabar de arreglarlo se puso a llover — to top o cap it all it started to rain

    acabar de + inf: acaba de salir she's just gone out; acababa de meterme en la cama cuando... — I had just got into bed when...

    c) ( llegar a)

    acabar de + inf: no acabo de entenderlo I just don't understand; no acababa de gustarle/convencerla — she wasn't totally happy about it/totally convinced

    2.
    acabar vt
    1) <trabajo/libro> to finish; <curso/carrera> to finish, complete
    2) ( destrozar)
    3.
    acabarse v pron
    1) ( terminarse) provisiones/comida to run out; problema to be over; reunión/fiesta to end

    y (san) se acabó — (fam) and that's that

    2)
    a) (liter) ( morir)
    b) (Méx) ( quedar destrozado)
    3) (enf) ( comer) to finish (up)
    * * *
    = end, end up, see through + to its completion, finish up, finish, wind up (in/at), curtain + fall, call it quits, lay + Nombre + to rest, wrap up, break up, finish off, top + Nombre + off, be over.
    Ex. Each field also ends with a special delimiter, which signals the end of the fields.
    Ex. But if you have a certain feeling about language, then language ends up becoming very, very important.
    Ex. I would like to thank all those who at various times throughout the course of the project assisted so ably in seeing the work through to its completion.
    Ex. In trying to get the best of both worlds, we may have finished up with the worst.
    Ex. Activities can be plotted to allow the librarian to determine the most expeditious route that can be taken to finish the event.
    Ex. Besides, winding up in an exclusive arrangement with a distributor that has rotten customer service ruins any advantage.
    Ex. The third act is of course the denouement, when everything is made clear, all the loose ends are tied up, and the curtain falls.
    Ex. 'Professional people don't live by the clock: you wouldn't tell a doctor or a lawyer that he couldn't make a decision to call it quits on a particular day'.
    Ex. A New Orleans style funeral provided a humorous backdrop for library staff to relive the tragedies and successes of the old system as it was laid to rest.
    Ex. The article is entitled 'ACRL wraps up year 1 of Academic Library Statistics Project'.
    Ex. Tom Hernandez tried not to show how sad he felt about his friends' leaving, and managed to keep up a cheerful facade until the party broke up.
    Ex. His statement is a serious threat to the cooperative sector and was aimed at finishing off the movement.
    Ex. Top it off with spicy yacamole and it's worth the nosh.
    Ex. Alternatively, the loan policy may be changed to make documents due when the vacation is over.
    ----
    * acabar cargando con Algo = wind up with + Nombre.
    * acabar con = put + paid to, quell, put to + rest, snuff out, stamp out, kill off, eat + Posesivo + way through.
    * acabar con Algo = be done with it.
    * acabar con el sufrimiento de Alguien = put + Nombre + out of + Posesivo + misery.
    * acabar con la paciencia de Alguien = try + Nombre + patience.
    * acabar con la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint, try + the patience of a saint.
    * acabar con mejor cara = end up on + a high note.
    * acabar con una nota de optimismo = end + Nombre + on a high (note).
    * acabar con un broche de oro = end + Nombre + on a high (note).
    * acabar de forma positiva = end + Nombre + on a high (note).
    * acabar de + Infinitivo = have + just + Participio Pasado.
    * acabar de salir de = be fresh out of.
    * acabar de trabajar = clock off + work.
    * acabar en = result (in), land in.
    * acabar mal = come to + a bad end.
    * acabar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.
    * acabar paulatinamente = wind + Nombre + down.
    * acabar + Posesivo + días en = end up + Posesivo + days in.
    * acabar + Posesivo + vida útil = run towards + the end of + Posesivo + useful life.
    * acabar repentinamente = come to + a swift end, come to + an abrupt end.
    * acabarse = draw to + a close, peter out, run out, be gone, come to + an end, run out of, draw to + an end, wind down, be all gone.
    * acabarse el entusiasmo = run out of + steam.
    * acabarse el espacio = run out of + space.
    * acabarse el tiempo = time + run out, time + be + up.
    * acabarse la buena racha = the good times + run out.
    * acabarse la (buena) suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.
    * acabar teniendo = end up with.
    * como si se acabara el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si se fuese a acabar el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.
    * empezar a acabarse = run + low (on).
    * estar acabando con = eat away at.
    * estar acabándose = be on the way out, be on + Posesivo + last legs.
    * nada se acaba hasta que no se acaba = nothing is done until it's done.
    * ¡se te acabó el cuento! = the jig's up!.
    * sin acabar = unfinished.
    * tumulto + acabar = tumult + die.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) reunión/película to finish, end; persona to finish; novios to split up

    acabáramos! — (fam) now I get it! (colloq)

    b) (en un estado, situación) to end up

    ¿cómo acabó lo de anoche? — how did things end up last night?

    acabó en la cárcel — he ended up in jail; (+ compl)

    acabar + ger o acabar por + inf — to end up -ing

    acabarán aceptándolo o por aceptarlo — they'll end up accepting it

    acabé por convencerme de que... — in the end I became convinced that...

    c) ( rematar)
    a)

    acabar con algo — ( terminar) con libro/tarea to finish with something; con bombones/bebidas to finish off something; con salud/carrera to ruin something; con sueldo/herencia to fritter away something; con abuso/problema to put an end to something

    b) (fam)

    acabar con alguien — ( pelearse) to finish with somebody; ( matar) to do away with somebody (colloq)

    a) ( terminar)

    acabar de + inf — to finish -ing

    para acabar de arreglarlo se puso a llover — to top o cap it all it started to rain

    acabar de + inf: acaba de salir she's just gone out; acababa de meterme en la cama cuando... — I had just got into bed when...

    c) ( llegar a)

    acabar de + inf: no acabo de entenderlo I just don't understand; no acababa de gustarle/convencerla — she wasn't totally happy about it/totally convinced

    2.
    acabar vt
    1) <trabajo/libro> to finish; <curso/carrera> to finish, complete
    2) ( destrozar)
    3.
    acabarse v pron
    1) ( terminarse) provisiones/comida to run out; problema to be over; reunión/fiesta to end

    y (san) se acabó — (fam) and that's that

    2)
    a) (liter) ( morir)
    b) (Méx) ( quedar destrozado)
    3) (enf) ( comer) to finish (up)
    * * *
    = end, end up, see through + to its completion, finish up, finish, wind up (in/at), curtain + fall, call it quits, lay + Nombre + to rest, wrap up, break up, finish off, top + Nombre + off, be over.

    Ex: Each field also ends with a special delimiter, which signals the end of the fields.

    Ex: But if you have a certain feeling about language, then language ends up becoming very, very important.
    Ex: I would like to thank all those who at various times throughout the course of the project assisted so ably in seeing the work through to its completion.
    Ex: In trying to get the best of both worlds, we may have finished up with the worst.
    Ex: Activities can be plotted to allow the librarian to determine the most expeditious route that can be taken to finish the event.
    Ex: Besides, winding up in an exclusive arrangement with a distributor that has rotten customer service ruins any advantage.
    Ex: The third act is of course the denouement, when everything is made clear, all the loose ends are tied up, and the curtain falls.
    Ex: 'Professional people don't live by the clock: you wouldn't tell a doctor or a lawyer that he couldn't make a decision to call it quits on a particular day'.
    Ex: A New Orleans style funeral provided a humorous backdrop for library staff to relive the tragedies and successes of the old system as it was laid to rest.
    Ex: The article is entitled 'ACRL wraps up year 1 of Academic Library Statistics Project'.
    Ex: Tom Hernandez tried not to show how sad he felt about his friends' leaving, and managed to keep up a cheerful facade until the party broke up.
    Ex: His statement is a serious threat to the cooperative sector and was aimed at finishing off the movement.
    Ex: Top it off with spicy yacamole and it's worth the nosh.
    Ex: Alternatively, the loan policy may be changed to make documents due when the vacation is over.
    * acabar cargando con Algo = wind up with + Nombre.
    * acabar con = put + paid to, quell, put to + rest, snuff out, stamp out, kill off, eat + Posesivo + way through.
    * acabar con Algo = be done with it.
    * acabar con el sufrimiento de Alguien = put + Nombre + out of + Posesivo + misery.
    * acabar con la paciencia de Alguien = try + Nombre + patience.
    * acabar con la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint, try + the patience of a saint.
    * acabar con mejor cara = end up on + a high note.
    * acabar con una nota de optimismo = end + Nombre + on a high (note).
    * acabar con un broche de oro = end + Nombre + on a high (note).
    * acabar de forma positiva = end + Nombre + on a high (note).
    * acabar de + Infinitivo = have + just + Participio Pasado.
    * acabar de salir de = be fresh out of.
    * acabar de trabajar = clock off + work.
    * acabar en = result (in), land in.
    * acabar mal = come to + a bad end.
    * acabar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.
    * acabar paulatinamente = wind + Nombre + down.
    * acabar + Posesivo + días en = end up + Posesivo + days in.
    * acabar + Posesivo + vida útil = run towards + the end of + Posesivo + useful life.
    * acabar repentinamente = come to + a swift end, come to + an abrupt end.
    * acabarse = draw to + a close, peter out, run out, be gone, come to + an end, run out of, draw to + an end, wind down, be all gone.
    * acabarse el entusiasmo = run out of + steam.
    * acabarse el espacio = run out of + space.
    * acabarse el tiempo = time + run out, time + be + up.
    * acabarse la buena racha = the good times + run out.
    * acabarse la (buena) suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.
    * acabar teniendo = end up with.
    * como si se acabara el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si se fuese a acabar el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.
    * empezar a acabarse = run + low (on).
    * estar acabando con = eat away at.
    * estar acabándose = be on the way out, be on + Posesivo + last legs.
    * nada se acaba hasta que no se acaba = nothing is done until it's done.
    * ¡se te acabó el cuento! = the jig's up!.
    * sin acabar = unfinished.
    * tumulto + acabar = tumult + die.

    * * *
    acabar [A1 ]
    vi
    A
    1 (terminar) «reunión/partido/película» to finish, end
    ¿te falta mucho? — no, ya casi acabo do you have much to do? — no, I've nearly finished
    todavía no he acabado I haven't finished yet, I'm not through yet ( colloq)
    2 acabar CON algo/algn to finish WITH sth/sb
    ¿has acabado con esto? have you finished with this?
    ven cuando acabes con lo que estás haciendo come as soon as you've finished what you're doing
    espera, que todavía no he acabado contigo wait a minute, I haven't finished with you yet
    cuando acabes con Cristina ¿me puedes atender a mí? when you've finished with o ( colloq) when you're through with Cristina, can you help me?
    3 «novios» to split up, break up acabar CON algn to break up o split up WITH sb, finish WITH sb
    he acabado con ella I've broken up with o split up with o finished with her, I'm through with her ( colloq)
    4 acabar DE + INF:
    cuando acabes de leer el libro me lo pasas ¿vale? will you lend me the book when you've finished (reading) it?
    todavía no he acabado de pagar la casa I still haven't finished paying for the house
    para acabar de arreglarlo, se puso a llover and to top it all o cap it all o make matters worse, it began to rain
    ¡acabáramos! ( fam); now I get it! ( colloq)
    ¡acabáramos! así que lo que quería era dinero now I get it! it was money he was after
    es que vivió siete años en Tokio — ¡acabáramos! con razón habla tan bien japonés she lived in Tokyo for seven years, you know — oh, I see! that's why she speaks Japanese so well
    5 acabar + GER or acabar POR + INF to end up -ING
    acabarán por aceptarlo or aceptándolo they'll end up accepting it, they'll accept it in the end
    B (+ compl):
    la palabra acaba en or por `r' the word ends in `r'
    por este lado acaba en punta this side ends in a point
    acabamos cansadísimos by the end we were dead tired
    ¿en qué acabó lo de anoche? how did things end up last night?
    tanta historia para acabar en nada all that fuss for nothing
    siempre decía que ese chico iba a acabar mal I always said that boy would come to no good
    no te metas que esto puede acabar mal don't get involved, things could turn nasty o get ugly
    la película acabó bien the movie had a happy ending
    (terminar, destruir): acabó con todos los bombones he finished off o ( colloq) polished off all the chocolates
    en dos años acabó con la herencia he went through his inheritance in two years
    si tratas así los zapatos vas a acabar con ellos en dos días if you treat your shoes like that, they'll be ruined o you'll wear them out in a couple of days
    estás acabando con mi paciencia you're trying my patience, I'm running out of patience with you
    este escándalo puede acabar con su carrera this scandal could ruin o finish his career
    hay que acabar con este tipo de discriminaciones this sort of discrimination must be eliminated o eradicated, we/they must do away with o put an end to o put a stop to this sort of discrimination
    B ( fam)
    (matar): sabe demasiado, hay que acabar con él he knows too much, we're going to have to eliminate him o ( colloq) get rid of him
    este clima/niño va a acabar conmigo this weather/child will be the death of me
    acaba de salir she's just gone out
    acababa de meterme en la cama cuando sonó el teléfono I had just got into bed when the telephone rang
    acabo de comer I've just eaten
    B no acabar DE + INF:
    no acaba de convencerme la idea I'm not totally convinced by the idea
    no acabo de entenderlo I just don't understand
    el color no me acaba de gustar or ( Esp fam) no me acaba I'm not too sure I like the color, I'm not too sure about the color
    ■ acabar
    vt
    A ‹trabajo› to finish
    ya acabé el libro I've finished the book
    no logró acabar el curso he didn't manage to finish o complete the course
    iré cuando acabe lo que estoy haciendo I'll go when I've finished what I'm doing
    B
    (destrozar): el esfuerzo lo acabó y tuvo que abandonar la carrera he was exhausted by the effort and had to drop out of the race
    la tragedia la acabó the tragedy destroyed o killed her
    A
    (terminarse): se nos ha acabado el café we've run out of coffee, the coffee's run out, we're out of coffee ( colloq)
    se le acabaron las fuerzas he ran out of energy o ( colloq) steam
    se me está acabando la paciencia I'm running out of patience
    el trabajo de la casa no se acaba nunca housework is a never-ending o an endless job
    se fue él y se acabaron los problemas as soon as he left, the problems ended
    ¡esto se acabó! no lo aguanto más that's it! I can't take any more
    y (san) se acabó ( fam); and that's that
    le dices que no quieres y (san) se acabó tell him you don't want to and that's that
    te he dicho que no vas y (san) se acabó I've told you you're not going and that's all there is to it! o and that's that! o and let that be an end to it!
    B
    1 ( liter)
    (morir): se fue acabando poco a poco she slowly slipped away, her life's breath slowly ebbed away ( liter)
    2
    ( Méx) (quedar destrozado): se acabó en ese trabajo that job finished him off o did for him ( colloq)
    C ( enf) (comer) to finish, finish up
    acábate todas las lentejas finish (up) all the lentils
    * * *

     

    acabar ( conjugate acabar) verbo intransitivo
    1
    a) [reunión/película] to finish, end;

    [ persona] to finish;
    [ novios] to split up;

    b) (en un estado, situación) to end up;



    (+ compl)

    ese chico va a acabar mal that boy will come to no good;
    la película acabó bien the movie had a happy ending;
    acabarán aceptándolo o por aceptarlo they'll end up accepting it;
    acabar de algo to end up as sth;
    acabó de camarero he ended up (working) as a waiter
    c) ( rematar) acabar en algo to end in sth

    2

    a) acabar con algo ( terminar) ‹con libro/tarea› to finish with sth;

    ‹con bombones/bebidas› to finish off sth;
    ‹con salud/carrera› to ruin sth;
    ‹con sueldo/herencia› to fritter away sth;
    ‹con abuso/problema› to put an end to sth
    b) (fam) acabar con algn ( pelearse) to finish with sb;

    ( matar) to do away with sb (colloq);

    3

    a) ( terminar) acabar de hacer algo to finish doing sth;




    acababa de meterme en la cama cuando … I had just got into bed when …
    c) ( llegar a):


    no acababa de gustarle she wasn't totally happy about it
    verbo transitivo ‹trabajo/libro› to finish;
    ‹curso/carrera› to finish, complete
    acabarse verbo pronominal
    1 ( terminarse) [provisiones/comida] to run out;
    [ problema] to be over;
    [reunión/fiesta/curso] to end;
    [ proyecto] to finish, come to an end;
    [ año] to come to an end;

    se le acabaron las fuerzas he ran out of energy;
    un trabajo que no se acaba nunca a never-ending o an endless task;
    ¡esto se acabó! that's it!
    2 ( enf) ( comer) to finish (up)
    acabar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to finish (off) ➣ Ver nota en finish 2 (completar) to complete
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 to finish, end: todo acabó bien, it all ended happily 2 acabar con (agotar las existencias) to finish something
    figurado estás acabando con mi paciencia, I'm losing my patience with you
    (romper algo) to break something
    (matar) to kill: la droga está acabando con él, he's killing himself with drugs
    (destruir, eliminar) to destroy something: hay que acabar con la tortura, we must get rid of torture
    figurado las presiones acabaron con su carrera política, the overwhelming pressure finished off his political career 3 acabar de: acaba de llegar de Río, he's just arrived from Río
    no acaba de decidirse, she hasn't made up her mind yet 4 acabar en: el partido de fútbol acabó en tragedia, the football match ended in tragedy 5 acabar por/acabar + gerundio acabé creyendo/por creer que estaba loca, I ended up thinking she was mad
    ' acabar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    apurar
    - finiquitar
    - incompleta
    - incompleto
    - levantarse
    - paciencia
    - temblar
    - terminar
    - tabla
    English:
    barrier
    - break
    - break down
    - burial
    - complete
    - distance
    - drag on
    - end
    - end up
    - fade
    - finish
    - finish up
    - get over
    - get through
    - grief
    - illiteracy
    - it
    - paid
    - racism
    - round off
    - settle
    - sink
    - stamp out
    - there
    - time-wasting
    - use up
    - wind up
    - destroy
    - do
    - finished
    - get
    - kill
    - near
    - smash
    - stop
    - wind
    - wipe
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    [terminar] to finish;
    hemos acabado el trabajo we've finished the work;
    todavía no ha acabado el primer plato he still hasn't finished his first course;
    acabamos el viaje en Canadá our journey ended in Canada;
    la bufanda está sin acabar the scarf isn't finished yet;
    RP Fam
    ¡acabala! that's enough!
    ♦ vi
    1. [terminar] to finish, to end;
    el cuchillo acaba en punta the knife ends in a point;
    el asunto acabó mal o [m5] de mala manera the affair finished o ended badly;
    detesto las películas que acaban bien I hate films that have a happy ending;
    acabó sus días en el exilio he ended his days in exile;
    ése acabará en la cárcel he'll end up in jail;
    cuando acabes, avísame tell me when you've finished;
    acabar de hacer algo to finish doing sth;
    acabar de trabajar/comer to finish working/eating;
    acabar con algo to finish with sth;
    ¿has acabado con el martillo? have o are you finished with the hammer?;
    acabar por hacer algo, acabar haciendo algo to end up doing sth;
    acabarán por llamar o [m5] llamando they'll call eventually o sooner or later;
    Fam
    ¡acabáramos! so that's what it was!
    2. [haber hecho recientemente]
    acabar de hacer algo to have just done sth;
    acabo de llegar I've just arrived
    3.
    acabar con [destruir] [enemigo] to destroy;
    [salud] to ruin; [violencia, crimen] to put an end to;
    acabar con la paciencia de alguien to exhaust sb's patience;
    está acabando con mi paciencia she's trying my patience;
    acabaron con todas las provisiones they used up all the provisions;
    la droga acabó con él drugs killed him;
    ¡ese niño va a acabar conmigo! that boy will be the death of me!
    4. [volverse] to end up;
    acabar loco to end up (going) mad
    5. [en construcciones con infinitivo]
    no acabo de entenderlo I can't quite understand it;
    no acaba de parecerme bien I don't really think it's a very good idea;
    no acaba de gustarme del todo I just don't really like it;
    el plan no me acaba de convencer I'm not totally convinced by the plan
    6. RP, Ven Fam [tener un orgasmo] to come
    7. Comp
    de nunca acabar never-ending;
    este proyecto es el cuento de nunca acabar this project just seems to go on and on
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 finish
    2
    :
    acabé haciéndolo yo I ended up doing it myself
    II v/i
    1 de persona finish; de función, acontecimiento finish, end;
    acabar con put an end to; caramelos finish off; persona destroy;
    acabar en end in;
    acabar en punta end in a point;
    acabar bien/mal end well/badly;
    va a acabar mal fam this is going to end badly; persona he’ll come to no good o
    to a bad end;
    acabó por comprender in the end he understood;
    no acabo de comprender I still don’t understand;
    es cosa de nunca acabar it’s never-ending;
    ¡acabáramos! now I get it!;
    ¡acaba ya! hurry up and finish!;
    la cosa no acaba aquí and that’s not all, and there’s worse
    2
    :
    acabar de hacer algo have just done sth;
    acabo de escribirlo I’ve just written it
    * * *
    acabar vi
    1) terminar: to finish, to end
    2)
    acabar de : to have just (done something)
    acabo de ver a tu hermano: I just saw your brother
    3)
    acabar con : to put an end to, to stamp out
    acabar vt
    terminar: to finish
    * * *
    acabar vb
    1. (terminar) to finish
    2. (acción, objeto) to end

    Spanish-English dictionary > acabar

  • 91 duda

    f.
    1 doubt.
    poner algo en duda to call something into question
    sacar a alguien de la duda to remove somebody's doubts
    salir de dudas to set one's mind at rest
    sin duda without (a) doubt
    tengo mis dudas I have my doubts
    ¡la duda ofende! how could you doubt me!
    no cabe duda there is no doubt about it
    no te quepa duda don't doubt it, make no mistake about it
    2 acatalepsia.
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: dudar.
    imperat.
    2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: dudar.
    * * *
    1 doubt
    \
    no hay duda there is no doubt
    no te quepa duda make no mistake about it
    poner algo en duda to question something
    sacar a alguien de dudas to dispel somebody's doubts
    salir de dudas to shed one's doubts
    sin duda no doubt, without a doubt
    sin la menor duda without the slightest doubt
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=incertidumbre) doubt

    queda la duda en pie sobre... — doubt remains about...

    • un hecho que no admite duda — an unquestionable fact

    • ante la duda, no lo hagas — if in doubt, don't

    • me asaltó la duda de si... — I was suddenly seized by a doubt as to whether...

    • no cabe duda de que... — there can be no doubt that...

    no me cabe la menor duda de que vamos a ganar — I have absolutely no doubt that we will win, there is absolutely no doubt in my mind that we will win

    • en caso de duda — if in doubt

    "en caso de duda, consulte a su farmacéutico" — "if in doubt, consult your pharmacist"

    • para desvanecer o disipar toda duda — in order to clear up any doubts, to banish all doubts

    • estar en duda, aún está en duda si él será el nuevo director — there's still some doubt as to o about whether he will be the new manager

    estoy en la duda sobre si me iré de vacaciones o no — I'm undecided o in two minds about whether to go on holiday or not

    • fuera de toda duda — beyond all doubt

    • sin lugar a duda(s) — without doubt, undoubtedly

    • poner algo en duda — to question sth, doubt sth

    no pongo en duda que sea verdad, pero... — I don't doubt that it's true, but...

    • sacar a algn de dudas o de la duda — to clear things up for sb

    • salir de dudas, pregúntaselo a él, así saldremos de dudas — ask him, then we'll know

    pues no salimos de dudas — we're none the wiser, then

    • sin duda — undoubtedly

    esta es, sin duda alguna, una de las mejores novelas que he leído — this is, without (any) doubt, one of the best novels I've read, this is undoubtedly one of the best novels I've read

    • sin sombra de duda — without a shadow of a doubt

    la duda ofende —

    ¿cómo que si te lo voy a devolver?, por favor, la duda ofende — what do you mean am I going to give it back to you?, how could you think otherwise?

    2) (=pregunta) question, query

    ¿queda alguna duda? — are there any queries?

    * * *
    1) (interrogante, sospecha) doubt

    expuso sus dudas sobre... — he expressed his reservations about...

    ¿tienen alguna duda? — are there any queries o questions?

    no cabe ninguna duda or la menor duda — there cannot be the slightest doubt

    sin duda or sin lugar a dudas — undoubtedly

    ante or en la duda, abstente — if in doubt, don't

    2) (estado de incertidumbre, indecisión)

    no sé que hacer, estoy en (la) duda — I don't know what to do; I'm of (AmE) o (BrE) in two minds about it

    * * *
    = doubt, reservation, qualm, perplex, quandary, equivocation.
    Ex. However, for others, the ideal status had not yet been achieved and there was doubt about the practical applicability of equity laws.
    Ex. Microforms are easy to use, although there were early reservations concerning the fact that users need to become familiar with any specific kind of microform and its reader.
    Ex. In the article 'Caveats, qualms, and quibbles: a revisionist view of library automation', a public librarian expresses his concern about computers in libraries and the lack of healthy scepticism in libraries when considering the likely benefits of automation.
    Ex. The article 'The print perplex' asserts that librarians must deal with a future of mixed print and digital material, since most books will never be in digital form.
    Ex. The increasing use and popularity of the Internet and phytomedicinals (medicinal herbs and medical botanics) have created a quandary for researchers, consumers and information professionals.
    Ex. We stand with the Secretary-General of the United Nations and other distinguished speakers in stating without equivocation that everyone has the right to freedom of expression.
    ----
    * arrojar dudas sobre = cast + doubt on, cast + doubt on.
    * con dudas = uncertainly.
    * confirmar las dudas = fulfil + doubts.
    * dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.
    * demostrar sin lugar a dudas = prove + conclusively.
    * demostrar sin ninguna duda = demonstrate + beyond any doubt, prove + beyond all doubt.
    * demostrar sin ningún género de duda = demonstrate + beyond (all) doubt, demonstrate + emphatically, demonstrate + beyond any doubt, prove + beyond any doubt, prove + beyond all doubt.
    * despertar dudas = stir + doubts.
    * disipar dudas = dispel + doubts.
    * duda en uno mismo = self-doubt.
    * duda, la = seed of doubt, the.
    * dudas = hesitation, misgiving, second thoughts.
    * dudas + asaltar = doubts + assail.
    * el beneficio de la duda = the benefit of the doubt.
    * empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.
    * en duda = in doubt.
    * en un mar de dudas = at sea.
    * estar en duda = be in question.
    * estar en un mar de dudas = feel at + sea, be all at sea.
    * expresar dudas = express + doubts, express + reservations, express + misgivings, voice + misgivings, voice + reservations.
    * fuera de toda duda = incontrovertible, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * generar dudas = make + Nombre + doubt.
    * germen de la duda, el = seed of doubt, the.
    * haber poca duda de que = there + be + little doubt that.
    * la menor duda de que = no doubt whatsoever.
    * lleno de dudas = doubtful.
    * más allá de cualquier duda = beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de ninguna duda = beyond doubt, beyond doubt, beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de toda duda = beyond doubt, beyond any doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * no dejar duda = leave + little doubt.
    * no dejar ninguna duda = leave + no doubt.
    * no haber duda de que = there + be + no doubt that.
    * no haber duda (que) = there + be + no question (that).
    * no hay duda de que = undoubtedly.
    * no poner en duda = be unquestioned.
    * plantear dudas = raise + doubts.
    * plantearse dudas = have + second thoughts.
    * poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.
    * poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.
    * poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.
    * por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * producir dudas = make + Nombre + doubt.
    * que no se ha puesto en duda = unquestioned, unscrutinised [unscrutinized, -USA].
    * resolver las dudas = solve + Posesivo + doubts.
    * sembrar el germen de la duda = plant + the seed of doubt, sow + the seed of doubt.
    * sembrar la duda = plant + the seed of doubt, sow + the seed of doubt.
    * sin duda = doubtless, no doubt, of course, surely, to be sure, undoubtedly, indubitably, without a doubt, without doubt, no mistake, hands down.
    * sin duda alguna = without any doubt.
    * sin el menor asomo de duda = without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * sin la más mínima duda = without the shadow of a doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * sin la menor duda = no mistake, no doubt.
    * sin la menor sombra de duda = without a shadow of a doubt.
    * sin lugar a dudas = conclusively, undeniably, unquestionably, without any doubt, by all accounts, no mistake, no doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt, to be sure.
    * sin ninguna duda = without question, without any doubt, beyond doubt, beyond any doubt, no mistake, no doubt.
    * sin ningún género de duda = without any doubt whatsoever.
    * sin ningún género de dudas = indisputably.
    * sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.
    * sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.
    * sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.
    * suscitar duda = shed + doubt.
    * suscitar dudas = raise + doubts.
    * tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.
    * tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.
    * * *
    1) (interrogante, sospecha) doubt

    expuso sus dudas sobre... — he expressed his reservations about...

    ¿tienen alguna duda? — are there any queries o questions?

    no cabe ninguna duda or la menor duda — there cannot be the slightest doubt

    sin duda or sin lugar a dudas — undoubtedly

    ante or en la duda, abstente — if in doubt, don't

    2) (estado de incertidumbre, indecisión)

    no sé que hacer, estoy en (la) duda — I don't know what to do; I'm of (AmE) o (BrE) in two minds about it

    * * *
    la duda
    (n.) = seed of doubt, the

    Ex: Of course just like any seed, the seed of doubt needs proper environment to grow.

    = doubt, reservation, qualm, perplex, quandary, equivocation.

    Ex: However, for others, the ideal status had not yet been achieved and there was doubt about the practical applicability of equity laws.

    Ex: Microforms are easy to use, although there were early reservations concerning the fact that users need to become familiar with any specific kind of microform and its reader.
    Ex: In the article 'Caveats, qualms, and quibbles: a revisionist view of library automation', a public librarian expresses his concern about computers in libraries and the lack of healthy scepticism in libraries when considering the likely benefits of automation.
    Ex: The article 'The print perplex' asserts that librarians must deal with a future of mixed print and digital material, since most books will never be in digital form.
    Ex: The increasing use and popularity of the Internet and phytomedicinals (medicinal herbs and medical botanics) have created a quandary for researchers, consumers and information professionals.
    Ex: We stand with the Secretary-General of the United Nations and other distinguished speakers in stating without equivocation that everyone has the right to freedom of expression.
    * arrojar dudas sobre = cast + doubt on, cast + doubt on.
    * con dudas = uncertainly.
    * confirmar las dudas = fulfil + doubts.
    * dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.
    * demostrar sin lugar a dudas = prove + conclusively.
    * demostrar sin ninguna duda = demonstrate + beyond any doubt, prove + beyond all doubt.
    * demostrar sin ningún género de duda = demonstrate + beyond (all) doubt, demonstrate + emphatically, demonstrate + beyond any doubt, prove + beyond any doubt, prove + beyond all doubt.
    * despertar dudas = stir + doubts.
    * disipar dudas = dispel + doubts.
    * duda en uno mismo = self-doubt.
    * duda, la = seed of doubt, the.
    * dudas = hesitation, misgiving, second thoughts.
    * dudas + asaltar = doubts + assail.
    * el beneficio de la duda = the benefit of the doubt.
    * empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.
    * en duda = in doubt.
    * en un mar de dudas = at sea.
    * estar en duda = be in question.
    * estar en un mar de dudas = feel at + sea, be all at sea.
    * expresar dudas = express + doubts, express + reservations, express + misgivings, voice + misgivings, voice + reservations.
    * fuera de toda duda = incontrovertible, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * generar dudas = make + Nombre + doubt.
    * germen de la duda, el = seed of doubt, the.
    * haber poca duda de que = there + be + little doubt that.
    * la menor duda de que = no doubt whatsoever.
    * lleno de dudas = doubtful.
    * más allá de cualquier duda = beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de ninguna duda = beyond doubt, beyond doubt, beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de toda duda = beyond doubt, beyond any doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * no dejar duda = leave + little doubt.
    * no dejar ninguna duda = leave + no doubt.
    * no haber duda de que = there + be + no doubt that.
    * no haber duda (que) = there + be + no question (that).
    * no hay duda de que = undoubtedly.
    * no poner en duda = be unquestioned.
    * plantear dudas = raise + doubts.
    * plantearse dudas = have + second thoughts.
    * poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.
    * poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.
    * poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.
    * por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * producir dudas = make + Nombre + doubt.
    * que no se ha puesto en duda = unquestioned, unscrutinised [unscrutinized, -USA].
    * resolver las dudas = solve + Posesivo + doubts.
    * sembrar el germen de la duda = plant + the seed of doubt, sow + the seed of doubt.
    * sembrar la duda = plant + the seed of doubt, sow + the seed of doubt.
    * sin duda = doubtless, no doubt, of course, surely, to be sure, undoubtedly, indubitably, without a doubt, without doubt, no mistake, hands down.
    * sin duda alguna = without any doubt.
    * sin el menor asomo de duda = without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * sin la más mínima duda = without the shadow of a doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * sin la menor duda = no mistake, no doubt.
    * sin la menor sombra de duda = without a shadow of a doubt.
    * sin lugar a dudas = conclusively, undeniably, unquestionably, without any doubt, by all accounts, no mistake, no doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt, to be sure.
    * sin ninguna duda = without question, without any doubt, beyond doubt, beyond any doubt, no mistake, no doubt.
    * sin ningún género de duda = without any doubt whatsoever.
    * sin ningún género de dudas = indisputably.
    * sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.
    * sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.
    * sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.
    * suscitar duda = shed + doubt.
    * suscitar dudas = raise + doubts.
    * tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.
    * tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.

    * * *
    A (interrogante, sospecha) doubt
    existen dudas con respecto a la autoría de este poema there are doubts regarding the authorship of this poem
    expuso sus dudas sobre la viabilidad del proyecto he expressed his doubts o reservations about the feasibility of the project
    tengo unas dudas para consultar con el profesor I have a few points I'd like to go over with the teacher
    me ha surgido una duda there's something I'm not sure about
    no logré disipar sus dudas I was unable to dispel his doubts
    ¿entendieron bien o tienen alguna duda? is that clear or are there any queries o questions?
    ¿crees que lo podrá hacer él? — tengo mis dudas do you think that he will be able to do it? — I have my doubts
    de pronto lo asaltó una duda suddenly he was seized by doubt
    no hay ni sombra de duda sobre su culpabilidad there can be no doubt about his guilt, there isn't a shadow of doubt that he's guilty
    nunca tuve la menor duda de que tenía razón I was never in any doubt that he was right, I never doubted that he was right
    su honestidad está fuera de (toda) duda his honesty is beyond (all) doubt
    de eso no cabe la menor duda there's absolutely no doubt about that
    no cabe ninguna duda or la menor duda there cannot be the slightest doubt
    no te quepa la menor duda make no mistake!
    que es buen médico no lo pongo en duda pero … I don't doubt that he's a good doctor, but …
    nadie pone en duda su capacidad para realizar el trabajo nobody questions o doubts his ability to do the job
    fue, sin duda, uno de los mejores escritores del siglo he was undoubtedly o without doubt one of the best writers of the century
    sin duda te lo has preguntado más de una vez no doubt you've asked yourself this more than once, I'm sure you've asked yourself this more than once
    sin lugar a dudas without doubt
    su manera de actuar no dejaba lugar a dudas the way he behaved left little room for doubt
    ¡la duda ofende! ( fam): ¿no habrás cogido tú el dinero? — ¡la duda ofende! you didn't take the money, did you? — how can you even think such a thing?
    por las dudas just in case
    ante or en la duda, abstente if in doubt, don't
    B
    (estado de incertidumbre, indecisión): estaba convencido, pero ya me has hecho entrar en (la) duda I was sure, but now you've made me wonder
    no sé si decírselo o no, estoy en (la) duda I don't know whether to tell him or not: I'm of ( AmE) o ( BrE) in two minds about it
    el resultado todavía está en duda the result still isn't certain o is still in doubt
    a ver si puedes sacarme de la duda do you think you can clear something up for me? o I wonder if you know o if you can tell me
    si estás en (la) duda no lo compres if you're not sure o if you're in any doubt, don't buy it
    * * *

     

    Del verbo dudar: ( conjugate dudar)

    duda es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    duda    
    dudar
    duda sustantivo femenino
    1 (interrogante, sospecha) doubt;
    ◊ expuso sus dudas sobre … he expressed his reservations about …;

    tengo unas dudas para consultar I have a few points I'd like to check;
    me ha surgido una duda there's something I'm not sure about;
    ¿tienen alguna duda? are there any queries o questions?;
    nunca tuve la menor duda de que tenía razón I never doubted that he was right;
    fuera de (toda) duda beyond (all) doubt;
    de eso no cabe la menor duda there's absolutely no doubt about that;
    lo pongo en duda I doubt it;
    sin duda or sin lugar a dudas undoubtedly;
    sin duda ya te lo habrás preguntado no doubt you'll have already asked yourself that question;
    para salir de dudas just to be doubly sure
    2 (estado de incertidumbre, indecisión):

    a ver si puedes sacarme de la duda do you think you can clear something up for me?;
    si estás en (la) duda no lo compres if you're not sure don't buy it
    dudar ( conjugate dudar) verbo transitivo
    to doubt;
    ◊ dudo que lo haya terminado I doubt if o whether he's finished it

    verbo intransitivo: duda entre comprar y alquilar she can't make up her mind whether to buy or rent;
    duda en hacer algo to hesitate to do sth;
    duda de algo/algn to doubt sth/sb
    duda sustantivo femenino doubt: la lectura le despertó esa duda, reading aroused that doubt in him
    su integridad está fuera de toda duda, her integrity is beyond question
    puso en duda la viabilidad del proyecto, he questioned the viability of the project
    ♦ Locuciones: sin (lugar a) duda, (ciertamente) es sin duda alguna el mejor producto del mercado, it's without question the best product on the market
    dudar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to doubt: no dudes de él, don't distrust him
    2 (estar indeciso) to hesitate [en, to]: dudaban entre comprarlo o no, they hesitated whether to buy it or not
    II verbo transitivo to doubt: dudo mucho que se disculpe, I very much doubt that he'll apologize

    ' duda' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acaso
    - caber
    - debatirse
    - despejar
    - desvanecerse
    - disipar
    - existir
    - inseguridad
    - plantear
    - poner
    - reconcomer
    - reparo
    - reserva
    - sombra
    - abrigar
    - aclarar
    - asaltar
    - bueno
    - consultar
    - dudar
    - entrar
    - entredicho
    - leve
    - perdurar
    - reflejar
    - resolver
    - seguro
    - titubeo
    English:
    benefit
    - burn out
    - cast
    - clinch
    - definitely
    - doubt
    - doubtless
    - if
    - illuminate
    - illumination
    - misgiving
    - pocket
    - positively
    - qualm
    - query
    - question
    - seed
    - settle
    - should
    - surely
    - uncertainty
    - vestige
    - well
    - bound
    - definite
    - doubtful
    - element
    - self-
    - shadow
    - undoubtedly
    * * *
    duda nf
    1. [inseguridad, indecisión] doubt;
    la duda se apoderó de él he was filled with doubt;
    ante la duda,… if in doubt,…;
    sacar a alguien de la duda to remove sb's doubts
    2. [cuestión, problema]
    ¿alguien tiene alguna duda? does anyone have any questions?, is there anything anyone's not clear about?;
    resolveré vuestras dudas al final de la clase I'll answer your questions o I'll go over anything you're not sure about at the end of the class;
    todavía me queda una duda, ¿por qué lo hizo? there's still one thing I don't understand, why did she do it?;
    me asalta una duda, ¿habré hecho bien en dejar a los niños solos? I can't help wondering whether I was right to leave the children on their own;
    queda la duda de qué habría pasado si… the doubt remains about what would have happened if…;
    salir de dudas to clear up doubts;
    pregúntale y así salimos de dudas ask him and that will settle the matter;
    con su detallada explicación salimos finalmente de dudas her detailed explanation finally cleared up our doubts
    3. [desconfianza, sospecha] doubt;
    expresó sus dudas sobre la oportunidad de celebrar un referéndum he expressed some doubt about whether it was a good idea to have a referendum;
    existen dudas sobre la autoría del atentado there is some doubt surrounding who was responsible for the attack;
    tengo mis dudas I have my doubts;
    nunca tuve la menor duda de que era inocente I never for one moment doubted that she was innocent, I never had the slightest doubt that she was innocent;
    estar fuera de toda duda to be beyond the slightest doubt;
    su inocencia está fuera de toda duda her innocence is not in question, there is no question that she is innocent;
    no cabe (la menor) duda there is (absolutely) no doubt about it;
    no cabe duda de que el tabaco es perjudicial para la salud there's no doubt that smoking is bad for your health;
    no te quepa (la menor) duda don't doubt it, make no mistake about it;
    no dejar lugar a dudas to leave no room for doubt;
    poner algo en duda to put sth in doubt;
    dice que ha resuelto el problema – lo pongo en duda she says she has solved the problem – I would doubt that o I rather doubt that;
    pongo en duda que pueda hacerlo en una semana I doubt he can do it in a week, I would question whether he can do it in a week;
    sin duda without (a) doubt;
    el avión es, sin duda, el medio de transporte más cómodo the plane is undoubtedly o without doubt the most comfortable form of transport;
    es, sin duda, la mejor lasaña que he probado nunca it is beyond a doubt o definitely the best lasagne I've ever had;
    ¿vendrás a la fiesta? – ¡sin duda! are you coming to the party? – of course!;
    sin duda alguna, sin alguna duda without (a) doubt;
    sin la menor duda without the slightest doubt;
    sin sombra de duda beyond the shadow of a doubt;
    ¡la duda ofende!: ¿te molestaría que invitáramos a mi madre? – la duda ofende would you mind if we invited my mother? – of course you can, there's no need to ask;
    no creía que fueras a acabar – ¡la duda ofende! I never thought you'd finish – well thank you very much!
    * * *
    f doubt;
    sin duda without doubt;
    poner en duda call into question;
    estar fuera de (toda) duda be beyond (any) doubt;
    no cabe la menor duda there is absolutely no doubt;
    salir de dudas get things clear;
    todavía tengo mis dudas I still have (my) doubts, I’m still dubious
    * * *
    duda nf
    : doubt
    no cabe duda: there's no doubt about it
    * * *
    duda n
    1. (en general) doubt
    2. question / query [pl. queries]
    ¡señor, tengo una duda! sir! I've got a query!

    Spanish-English dictionary > duda

  • 92 dicho

    adj.
    the aforementioned, aforementioned, this, aforesaid.
    intj.
    I meant what I said.
    m.
    saying, adage, aphorism, byword.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: decir.
    * * *
    1 saying, proverb
    ————————
    1→ link=decir decir
    1 said, mentioned
    ■ dicha casa... the said house...
    1 saying, proverb
    1 betrothal sing
    \
    del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho there's many a slip twixt cup and lip, it's easier said than done
    dicho de otro modo to put it another way, in other words
    dicho sea de paso let it be said in passing
    dicho y hecho no sooner said than done
    lo dicho what we (I, you, etc) said
    propiamente dicho,-a strictly speaking
    * * *
    noun m.
    * * *
    1.
    VB [pp] de decir

    o dicho de otro modo... — or, putting it another way,..., or, in other words...

    bueno, lo dicho — OK, then

    • dejar algo dicho, le dejó dicho lo que tenía que hacer antes de irse — she gave him instructions as to what he should do before leaving

    • o mejor dicho — or rather

    • dicho sea de paso — incidentally, by the way

    propiamente 1)
    2.
    ADJ (=este) this

    quieren reformar la ley y para dicho propósito... — they wish to reform the law and to this end...

    y en la cuarta de dichas cartas... — and in the fourth of these letters...

    vamos a hablar de Cáceres: dicha ciudad fue construida en... — and now we come to Caceres: the city was built in...

    dicha compañía fue disuelta en 1994 — this o the said company was dissolved in 1994

    3. SM
    1) (=máxima popular) saying
    2) (=comentario) remark
    3) pl dichos (Rel) betrothal pledge
    * * *
    I
    - cha participio pasado [ver tb decir 2]

    dicho esto, se fue — having said this, he left

    bueno, lo dicho, nos vemos el domingo — oright, that's settled then, I'll see you on Sunday

    eso no se hace, te lo tengo dicho — I've told you before, you mustn't do that

    ¿le quiere dejar algo dicho? — (CS) do you want to leave a message for her?

    dicho de otro modo — to put it another way, in other words

    dicho sea de paso — incidentally, by the way

    dijo que ella lo prepararía y dicho y hecho! en diez minutos estaba listo — she said she would get it ready and, sure enough, ten minutes later there it was

    me quedan tres días, mejor dicho, dos y medio — I have three, or rather, two and a half days left

    II
    - cha adjetivo demostrativo (frml)

    en dichas cuidades... — in these cities...

    dichos documentos deben presentarse inmediatamente — the above o (frml) said documents must be submitted immediately

    III
    masculino saying

    del dicho al hecho va or hay mucho trecho — it's one thing to say something and another to actually do it

    * * *
    I
    - cha participio pasado [ver tb decir 2]

    dicho esto, se fue — having said this, he left

    bueno, lo dicho, nos vemos el domingo — oright, that's settled then, I'll see you on Sunday

    eso no se hace, te lo tengo dicho — I've told you before, you mustn't do that

    ¿le quiere dejar algo dicho? — (CS) do you want to leave a message for her?

    dicho de otro modo — to put it another way, in other words

    dicho sea de paso — incidentally, by the way

    dijo que ella lo prepararía y dicho y hecho! en diez minutos estaba listo — she said she would get it ready and, sure enough, ten minutes later there it was

    me quedan tres días, mejor dicho, dos y medio — I have three, or rather, two and a half days left

    II
    - cha adjetivo demostrativo (frml)

    en dichas cuidades... — in these cities...

    dichos documentos deben presentarse inmediatamente — the above o (frml) said documents must be submitted immediately

    III
    masculino saying

    del dicho al hecho va or hay mucho trecho — it's one thing to say something and another to actually do it

    * * *
    dicho1
    1 = adage, dictum [dicta, -pl.], utterance, wise saying, old saying, saying, saw, refrain.

    Ex: But now she was beginning to wonder if there was any truth to the old adage that 'It's not what you know, but who you know'.

    Ex: John Ward's dictum was that 'deprivation is as much a lack of information and the knowledge to use it as it is of the basic essentials'.
    Ex: One natural strategy for reducing the impact of miscommunication is selective verification of the user utterance meanings.
    Ex: Stories range from one-sentence statements we call jokes and wise sayings, through gossip to the most profound and complicated structures we call novels and poems and plays.
    Ex: Chapters include drinking and moonshine, courting, old cures and remedies, fishing and hunting, plus a chapter of pithy quotes and old sayings.
    Ex: 'Practice makes perfect' is a saying that can be applied to reading.
    Ex: And his life confirms the famous old saw: No man is a prophet in his own land.
    Ex: The importance of the right to information or the right to know is an increasingly constant refrain in the mouths of academics, the media and governments.
    * como dice el dicho = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.
    * del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = easier said than done, There's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip.
    * dicho bíblico = biblical saying.
    * dicho familiar = familiar saying.
    * dicho favorito = catchphrase.
    * dicho gracioso = witticism, quip.
    * dicho ingenioso = witticism, quip.
    * dicho popular = adage, wise saying, old saying, saying, familiar saying, saw.
    * dicho preferido = catchphrase.
    * dicho sin hecho no tiene provecho = actions speak louder than words.
    * dichos sabios = nuggets of wisdom.
    * entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran tr = There's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip.
    * entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = many a slip between the cup and the lip.

    dicho2
    2 = stated.

    Ex: Throughout, the code is based upon clearly stated principles.

    * bien dicho = amen to that!.
    * cuatro verdades bien dichas = home truth.
    * del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = actions speak louder than words, many a slip between the cup and the lip.
    * dicho anteriormente, lo = foregoing, the.
    * dicho de otro modo = in other words, said differently.
    * dicho esto = that said.
    * dicho más arriba, lo = foregoing, the.
    * dicho sea a su favor = to + Posesivo + credit.
    * dicho sea de paso = by the way, on a sidenote, by the by(e).
    * dicho sucintamente = economically told.
    * dicho y hecho = no sooner said than done.
    * la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.
    * la verdad sea dicha que = if the truth be told.
    * o mejor dicho = or rather.
    * propiamente dicho = proper, properly.
    * ¿Qué ha dicho? = I beg your pardon?.
    * título propiamente dicho = title proper.
    * verdaderamente dicho = in disguise.

    dicho3
    = such.

    Ex: Preferential relationships generally indicate preferred terms or descriptors and distinguish such terms from non-descriptors or non-preferred terms.

    * * *
    pp
    [ ver tb decir2 (↑ decir (2)) ] dicho esto, recogió sus cosas y abandonó la sala having said this o ( frml) so saying, he picked up his things and left the room
    con eso queda todo dicho that says it all
    me remito a lo dicho en la última reunión I refer to what was said at the last meeting
    bueno, lo dicho, nos vemos el domingo right, that's settled then, I'll see you on Sunday
    eso no se hace, te lo tengo dicho how often do I have to tell you not to do that?, I've told you before, you mustn't do that
    ¿le quiere dejar algo dicho? (CS); do you want to leave a message for her?
    dicho así parece fácil if you put it like that it sounds easy
    dicho de otro modo to put it another way, in other words
    dicho sea de paso incidentally, by the way
    y, dicho sea de paso, se portó muy bien con él and, I have to say o it has to be said, she was very good to him
    y ella, que dicho sea de paso todavía me debe los 500 pesos, … and she, who incidentally still owes me the 500 pesos, …
    dijo que ella lo prepararía y ¡dicho y hecho! en diez minutos estaba listo she said she would get it ready and, what do you know? o ( BrE) hey presto, ten minutes later there it was
    yo dije que se iba a caer y ¡dicho y hecho! se hizo añicos I said it was going to fall and, the next minute, it smashed o and, no sooner had I said it than it smashed
    me quedan tres días, mejor dicho, dos y medio I have three, or rather, two and a half days left
    propiamente dicho strictly speaking
    no es un cereal propiamente dicho it is not, strictly speaking, a cereal
    la pintura cubista propiamente dicha Cubist painting in the strict sense of the term
    ( frml):
    excepto en Guayaquil y Quito: en dichas ciudades … except in Guayaquil and Quito: in these cities …
    dichos documentos deben presentarse inmediatamente the above documents must be submitted immediately, said documents must be submitted immediately ( frml)
    no existía dicha dirección there was no such address
    saying
    como dice el dicho as the saying goes
    del dicho al hecho va or hay mucho trecho it's one thing to say something and another to actually do it, there's many a slip twixt cup and lip
    * * *

     

    Del verbo decir: ( conjugate decir)

    dicho es:

    el participio

    Multiple Entries:
    decir    
    dicho
    decir 1 sustantivo masculino:
    ◊ ¿cientos de personas? — bueno, es un dicho hundreds of people? — well, figuratively speaking

    decir 2 ( conjugate decir) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹palabra/frase/poema› to say;

    ‹mentira/verdad› to tell;
    para ejemplos con complemento indirecto ver división 2

    ¿eso lo dices por mí? are you referring to me?;
    ¡no lo dirás en serio! you can't be serious!;
    dijo que sí con la cabeza he nodded;
    no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' it isn't `andé', it's `anduve';
    ¡eso no se dice! you mustn't say that!;
    ¿cómo se dice `amor' en ruso? how do you say `love' in Russian?;
    ¿lo encontró? — dice que sí/no did he find it? — he says he did/he didn't
    b)


    2 dichole algo a algn to tell sb sth;
    ◊ voy a dichole a papá que … I'm going to tell Dad …;

    ¡ya te lo decía yo! I told you so!
    3
    a) (expresando órdenes, deseos, advertencias):

    ◊ ¡porque lo digo yo! because I say so!;

    harás lo que yo diga you'll do as I say;
    dice que llames cuando llegues she says (you are) to phone when you get there;
    dijo que tuviéramos cuidado she said to be careful;
    diles que empiecen tell them to start;
    le dije que no lo hiciera I told him not to do it
    b)


    4
    a) (opinar, pensar) to think;


    ¡quién lo hubiera dicho! who would have thought o believed it?;
    es muy fácil — si tú lo dices … it's very easy — if you say so …
    b) (sugerir, comunicar):


    ¿te dice algo ese nombre? does that name mean anything to you?
    5
    ◊ querer decir [palabra/persona] to mean;

    ¿qué quieres dicho con eso? what do you mean by that?
    6 ( en locs)

    como quien dice so to speak;
    es decir that is;
    ¡he dicho! that's that o final!;
    ni que decir tiene que … it goes without saying that …;
    ¡no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! (colloq);
    por así decirlo so to speak;
    el qué dirán (fam) what other people (might) think;
    ver tb dicho 1
    verbo intransitivo

    ◊ papá — dime, hijo dad — yes, son?;

    quería pedirle un favor — usted dirá I wanted to ask you a favor — certainly, go ahead
    b) (Esp) ( al contestar el teléfono): ¿diga? or ¿dígame? hello?

    decirse verbo pronominal
    a) ( refl) to say … to oneself

    b) ( recípr) to say …. to each other;


    dicho 1
    ◊ - cha pp ver tb decir 2: dicho esto, se fue having said this, he left;

    con eso queda todo dicho that says it all;
    dicho de otro modo to put it another way, in other words;
    dicho sea de paso incidentally, by the way;
    y ¡dicho y hecho! en diez minutos estaba listo and, sure enough, ten minutes later there it was
    ■ adj dem (frml): en dichas ciudades … in these cities …;
    dicha información that information;
    dichos documentos (en escrito, documento) the above o (frml) said documents
    dicho 2 sustantivo masculino
    saying
    decir
    I m (dicho, sentencia) saying: es sólo un decir, it's just a manner of speaking
    II verbo transitivo
    1 to say: está diciendo una mentira/la verdad, she's telling a lie/the truth
    no dijo nada, he said nothing
    2 (con complemento indirecto) to tell: no le dije mi opinión, I didn't tell him my opinion
    les dijo que esperaran un rato, she told them to wait for a while
    3 (opinar, afirmar, proponer) ¿qué me dices de mi nuevo corte de pelo?, what do you think of my new haircut?, te digo que es una extravagancia, I think it's quite weird
    yo digo que vayamos a Cuenca, I suggest going to Cuenca
    4 (suscitar interés, una idea) to mean, appeal: ese libro no me dice nada, that book doesn't appeal to me
    ¿le dice algo esta cara?, does this face mean anything to you?
    5 (mostrar, indicar) to say, show: lo que hizo dice mucho en su favor, what he did says a lot for him
    su cara de decepción lo dice todo, his long face says it all
    ♦ Locuciones: Tel Esp diga o dígame, hello?
    digamos, let's say
    digo yo, in my opinion
    el qué dirán, what people will say
    es decir, that is (to say)
    ni que decir tiene, needless to say
    no decir esta boca es mía, not to say a word
    ¡no me digas!, really!
    por así decirlo, as it were o so to speak
    querer decir, to mean
    ¡y que lo digas!, you bet! ➣ Ver nota en mean
    ¿To tell     o to say?
    Observa que to tell menciona a la persona a la cual va dirigida una frase: Dime tu nombre. Tell me your name. Les dijo que se fueran. He told them to go away.
    Por el contrario, to say se centra en el contenido del mensaje, sin importarnos a quién va dirigido: ¿Qué has dicho? What did you say? Dijo que sí. He said yes. ➣ Ver nota en tell.
    dicho,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 said, mentioned: ya os lo tengo dicho, I've told you before
    dicho de otro modo, in other words
    2 (mencionado con anterioridad) dicha publicación, the above-mentioned publication
    II m (refrán, sentencia) saying
    ♦ Locuciones: dicho y hecho, no sooner said than done
    mejor dicho, or rather

    ' dicho' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    actual
    - bastar
    - ciudad
    - coña
    - coordinador
    - coordinadora
    - decir
    - dejar
    - desvarío
    - dicha
    - diversa
    - diverso
    - frase
    - maldad
    - mamarrachada
    - molesta
    - molesto
    - mu
    - necedad
    - picardía
    - propiamente
    - reafirmarse
    - sentencia
    - tal
    - tata
    - tener
    - vez
    - arrepentido
    - bien
    - cómo
    - deber
    - estupidez
    - haber
    - impertinencia
    - indiscreción
    - ingenioso
    - injusticia
    - insensatez
    - insolencia
    - lengua
    - ligereza
    - limitar
    - majadería
    - mejor
    - mentiroso
    - mirar
    - mucho
    - negar
    - paso
    - pavada
    English:
    actual
    - bird
    - but
    - do
    - proper
    - rather
    - recollect
    - said
    - say
    - saying
    - should
    - soon
    - take back
    - what
    - witticism
    - word
    - go
    - hear
    - message
    - ought
    - point
    - something
    - well
    - wish
    * * *
    dicho, -a
    ♦ participio
    ver decir
    ♦ adj
    said, aforementioned;
    dichos individuos… the said o aforesaid individuals…;
    recibió un paquete, dicho paquete contenía… she received a parcel, and this parcel contained…;
    lo dicho no significa que… having said this, it does not mean (that)…;
    de lo dicho se desprende que… from what has been said one gathers that…;
    o mejor dicho or rather;
    dicho y hecho no sooner said than done;
    dejar dicho to leave word;
    dejé dicho que no me molestaran I left word that I was not to be disturbed;
    RP
    ¿quiere dejarle algo dicho? [al teléfono] can I take a message?;
    lo dicho: lo dicho, no voy a ir like I said, I'm not going to go;
    lo dicho, os veré en el cine ok then, I'll see you at the cinema
    ♦ nm
    saying;
    como dice o [m5]reza el dicho,… as the saying goes,…;
    del dicho al hecho hay mucho o [m5] un gran trecho there's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip
    * * *
    I part → decir
    II adj said
    III m saying;
    del dicho al hecho hay gran trecho easier said than done
    * * *
    dicho, - cha adj
    : said, aforementioned
    dicho nm
    decir: saying, proverb
    * * *
    dicho n saying

    Spanish-English dictionary > dicho

  • 93 машинное оборудование

    1. machinery

     

    машинное оборудование
    термин " машинное оборудование" означает:
    - сборочную единицу, состоящую из соединенных частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, одна из которых находится в движении, имеет соответствующие приводы, схему управления, цепь питания, и т.д., соединенные вместе с целью специального применения, в частности, для производства, обработки, перемещения или упаковки материала;
    - группу машин, которые для достижения той же цели организованы и управляется таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое;
    - взаимозаменяемое оборудование, модифицирующее функции машины, которое отдельно поставляется на рынок и предназначено для установки на машине или на серии различных машин или на приводном устройстве самим оператором, при условии, что данное оборудование не является запасной частью или инструментом.
    [Директива 98/37/ЕЭС по машинному оборудованию]

    EN

    machinery
    ‘machinery’ means:
    — an assembly of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves, with the appropriate
    actuators, control and power circuits, etc., joined together for a specific application, in particular
    for the processing, treatment, moving or packaging of a material,
    — an assembly of machines which, in order to achieve the same end, are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole,
    — interchangeable equipment modifying the function of a machine, which is placed on the market for the purpose of being assembled with a machine or a series of different machines or with a tractor by the operator himself in so far as this equipment is not a spare part or a tool
    [DIRECTIVE 98/37/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL]

    Параллельные тексты EN-RU

    3. The following are excluded from the scope of this Directive:

    3. Из области применения данной Директивы исключаются:

    — machinery whose only power source is directly applied manual effort, unless it is a machine used for lifting or lowering loads,

    - машинное оборудование, для которых источником энергии является исключительно непосредственное применение ручной силы, за исключением механизмов для подъема и опускания грузов;

    — machinery for medical use used in direct contact with patients,

    - медицинские приборы;

    — special equipment for use in fairgrounds and/or amusement parks,

    - специальное оборудование для использования в аттракционах и/или парках для развлечений;

    — steam boilers, tanks and pressure vessels,

    - паровые котлы, резервуары и сосуды под давлением;

    — machinery specially designed or put into service for nuclear purposes which, in the event of failure, may result in an emission of radioactivity,

    - машинное оборудование, специально сконструированное или используемое в атомной отрасли, которые в случае аварии могут привести к выделению радиоактивных веществ;

    — radioactive sources forming part of a machine,

    - радиоактивные источники, составляющие часть машин;

    — firearms,

    - стрелковое оружие;

    — storage tanks and pipelines for petrol, diesel fuel, inflammable liquids and dangerous substances,

    - емкости для хранения или трубопроводы для бензина, дизельного топлива, огнеопасных жидкостей и опасных веществ;

    — means of transport, i.e. vehicles and their trailers intended solely for transporting passengers by air or on road, rail or water networks, as well as means of transport in so far as such means are designed for transporting goods by air, on public road or rail networks or on water. Vehicles used in the mineral extraction industry shall not be excluded,

    - транспортные средства, т.е. средства перевозки и их прицепы, предназначенные исключительно для перевозки пассажиров по воздуху, автодороге, железной дороге, или водными путями, а также транспортные средства, сконструированные для транспортировки грузов по воздуху, по общедоступным дорогам, железным дорогам или водным путям. Средства транспортировки, используемые в горнодобывающей промышленности, не исключаются из области применения настоящей Директивы;

    — seagoing vessels and mobile offshore units together with equipment on board such vessels or units,

    - морские суда и мобильные береговые агрегаты вместе с оборудованием на борту, такие как танки или установки;

    — cableways, including funicular railways, for the public or private transportation of persons,

    - канатные дороги, включая фуникулерные железные дороги для общественного или частного пользования, предназначенные для транспортировки людей;

    — agricultural and forestry tractors, as defined in Article 1(1) of Directive 74/150/EEC (1),

    (1) Council Directive 74/150/EEC of 4 March 1974 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the type-approval of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 84, 28.3.1974, p. 10). Directive as last amended by Decision 95/1/EC, Euratom, ECSC (OJ L 1.1.1995, p. 1).

    -сельскохозяйственные и лесные тракторы, подпадающие под определение статьи 1 (1) Директивы Совета 74/150/ЕЭС(1);

    (1) Директива Совета 74/150/ЕЭС от 4 марта 1974 г. по сближению законодательных актов Государств-членов, относящихся к одобрению типов колесных сельскохозяйственных или лесных тракторов (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 84, 28.3.1974 г., стр.10). Директива, измененная последний раз Решением 95/1/ЕЭС, Евроатом, ECSC (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 1/1/1995 г., стр 1)

    — machines specially designed and constructed for military or police purposes,

    - машины, специально сконструированные и созданные для военных и полицейских целей;

    — lifts which permanently serve specific levels of buildings and constructions, having a car moving between guides which are rigid and inclined at an angle of more than 15 degrees to the horizontal and designed for the transport of:
    (i) persons;
    (ii) persons and goods;
    (iii) goods alone if the car is accessible, that is to say, a person may enter it without difficulty, and fitted with controls situated inside the car or within reach of a person inside,

    - лифты и подъемные устройства, постоянно обслуживающие определенные уровни зданий и конструкций, имеющие транспортную тележку, движущуюся между жесткими направляющими, которые имеют угол наклона более 15 градусов к горизонтальной поверхности и сконструированы для транспортировки:
    (i) людей;
    (ii) людей и имущества;
    (iii) только имущества, в том случае, если кабина лифта открыта, т.е. человек может легко войти в такое транспортное средство и манипулировать средствами управления, находящимися внутри кабины или в пределах досягаемости для человека;

    — means of transport of persons using rack and pinion rail mounted vehicles,

    - транспортные средства для перевозки людей, с использованием зубчатых или реечных рельс, по которым перемещается транспортные средства;

    — mine winding gear,

    - шахтные канатные подъемные устройства;

    — theatre elevators,

    - театральные подъемники;

    — construction site hoists intended for lifting persons or persons and goods.

    - строительные подъемники, предназначенные для подъема людей или людей и грузов.

    4. Where, for machinery or safety components, the risks referred to in this Directive are wholly or partly covered by specific Community Directives, this Directive shall not apply, or shall cease to apply, in the case of such machinery or safety components and of such risks on the implementation of these specific Directives.

    4. Когда для машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности риски, определенные в настоящей Директиве, полностью или частично покрываются специальными Директивами Сообщества, настоящая Директива не применяется или прекращает свое действие, такое машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности и такие риски подпадают под действие этих специальных Директив.

    5. Where, for machinery, the risks are mainly of electrical origin, such machinery shall be covered exclusively by Directive 73/23/EEC (2).

    (2) Council Directive 73/23/EEC of 19 February 1973 on the harmonisation of the laws of Member States relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (OJ L 77, 26.3.1973, p. 29). Directive as last amended by Directive 93/68/EEC (OJ L 220, 30.8.1993, p. 1).

    5. Когда риски применения машинного оборудования связаны с электрическими источниками, то такое оборудование охватываются исключительно Директивой 73/23/ЕЭС(2).

    (2) Директива Совета 73/23/ЕЭС/ от 19 февраля 1973 года о гармонизации законов Государств-Участников в отношении электрооборудования, предназначенного для использования в условиях определенных пределов напряжения (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 77, 26.03.1973, стр. 29). Директива с последней поправкой Директивой 93/68/ЕЭС (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 220, 30.08.1993, стр.1).

    Article 2
    1. Member States shall take all appropriate measures to ensure that machinery or safety components covered by this Directive may be placed on the market and put into service only if they do not endanger the health or safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, when properly installed and maintained and used for their intended purpose.

    Статья 2
    1. Государства - члены должны предпринимать все необходимые меры для обеспечения того, чтобы машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, попадающие под действие настоящей Директивы, поставлялись на рынок и вводились в эксплуатацию, только если они не составляют угрозу для здоровья и безопасности людей и домашних животных, или имуществу при условии надлежащей установки и обслуживания, а также использования по прямому назначению.

    2. This Directive shall not affect Member States’ entitlement to lay down, in due observance of the Treaty, such requirements as they may deem necessary to ensure that persons and in particular workers are protected when using the machinery or safety components in question, provided that this does not mean that the machinery or safety components are modified in a way not specified in the Directive.

    2. Настоящая Директива не ограничивает права Государств - членов устанавливать при должном соблюдении Договора такие требования, которые они посчитают необходимыми для обеспечения защиты людей, особенно работников, при использовании машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, при условии, что модификация такого машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности была произведена в соответствии с положениями настоящей Директивы.

    3. At trade fairs, exhibitions, demonstrations, etc., Member States shall not prevent the showing of machinery or safety components which do not conform to the provisions of this Directive, provided that a visible sign clearly indicates that such machinery or safety components do not conform and that they are not for sale until they have been brought into conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community. During demonstrations, adequate safety measures shall be taken to ensure the protection of persons.

    3. На торговых ярмарках, выставках, демонстрациях и т.п. Государства - члены не должны препятствовать демонстрации машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, которые не соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, при условии, что видимый знак четко указывает, что такое машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности не соответствуют данной Директиве, и что они не предназначаются для продажи до тех пор, пока изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не приведет их в полное соответствие с Директивой. Во время демонстраций должны приниматься адекватные меры для обеспечения безопасности граждан.

    Article 3
    Machinery and safety components covered by this Directive shall satisfy the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex I.

    Статья 3
    Машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы, должны полностью удовлетворять основным требованиям по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности, изложенным в Приложении 1.

    Article 4
    1. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market and putting into service in their territory of machinery and safety components which comply with this Directive.

    Статья 4
    1. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, а также компонентов безопасности, которые соответствуют
    требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    2. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of machinery where the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community declares in accordance with point B of Annex II that it is intended to be incorporated into machinery or assembled with other machinery to constitute machinery covered by this Directive, except where it can function independently.

    ‘Interchangeable equipment’, as referred to in the third indent of Article 1(2)(a), must in all cases bear the CE marking and be accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A.

    2. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, если изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе заявляет в соответствии с Приложением II B, что они предназначены для включения в машинное оборудование или компоноваться с другим оборудованием, так, что в соединении они составят машинное оборудование, отвечающее требованиям настоящей Директивы, за исключением тех случаев, когда они могут функционировать независимо.

    "Взаимозаменяемое оборудование" в смысле третьего абзаца с черточкой в Статье 1 (2) (a) должно во всех случаях иметь маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаться декларацией соответствия, определенной в Приложении II, пункте А.

    3. Member States may not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of safety components as defined in Article 1(2) where they are accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community as referred to in Annex II, point C.

    3. Государства - члены не имеют права запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать распространению на рынке компонентов безопасности, определенных Статьей 1 (2), если эти компоненты сопровождаются декларацией соответствия ЕС, заявленной изготовителем или его уполномоченным представителем в Сообществе, как определено в Приложении II, пункте С.

    Article 5
    1. Member States shall regard the following as conforming to all the provisions of this Directive, including the procedures for checking the conformity provided for in Chapter II:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking and accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A,
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point C.

    Статья 5
    1. Государства - члены должны считать нижеследующее соответствующим всем положениям настоящей Директивы, включая процедуры проверки соответствия, предусмотренной в Главе II:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаемое декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте A;
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте C.

    При отсутствии гармонизированных стандартов Государства - члены должны предпринимать любые меры, которые они сочтут необходимыми, для привлечения внимания заинтересованных сторон к существующим национальным техническим стандартам и спецификациям, которые считаются важными или относятся к выполнению основных требований по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности в соответствии с Приложением 1.

    2. Where a national standard transposing a harmonised standard, the reference for which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, covers one or more of the essential safety requirements, machinery or safety components constructed in accordance with this standard shall be presumed to comply with the relevant essential requirements.
    Member States shall publish the references of national standards transposing harmonised standards.

    2. В тех случаях, когда национальный стандарт, заменяющий гармонизированный стандарт, ссылка на который была опубликована в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, покрывает одно или несколько основных требований безопасности, машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, сконструированные в соответствии с таким стандартом, должны считаться соответствующими основным требованиям.
    Государства - члены должны публиковать ссылки на национальные стандарты, заменяющие гармонизированные стандарты.

    3. Member States shall ensure that appropriate measures are taken to enable the social partners to have an influence at national level on the process of preparing and monitoring the harmonised standards.

    3. Государства - члены должны обеспечивать принятие необходимых мер для того, чтобы их социальные партнеры получали возможность влиять на национальном уровне на процессы подготовки и отслеживания гармонизированных стандартов.

    Article 6
    1. Where a Member State or the Commission considers that the harmonised standards referred to in Article 5(2) do not entirely satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3, the Commission or the Member State concerned shall bring the matter before the committee set up under Directive 83/189/EEC, giving the reasons therefor. The committee shall deliver an opinion without delay.
    Upon receipt of the committee’s opinion, the Commission shall inform the Member States whether or not it is necessary to withdraw those standards from the published information referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 6
    1. В случае, если Государство - член или Комиссия считают, что гармонизированные стандарты, рассмотренные в Статье 5 (2), не полностью соответствуют основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3, Комиссия или заинтересованное Государство - член должны поставить этот вопрос на рассмотрение комитета, созданного в соответствии с Директивой 83/189/ЕЭС, обосновав причины такого обращения. Комитет должен безотлагательно вынести решение.
    После получения такого решения комитета Комиссия должна информировать Государства – члены, необходимо или нет отозвать эти стандарты из опубликованной информации, определенной в Статье 5 (2).

    2. A standing committee shall be set up, consisting of representatives appointed by the Member States and chaired by a representative of the Commission.

    The standing committee shall draw up its own rules of procedure.

    Any matter relating to the implementation and practical application of this Directive may be brought before the standing committee, in accordance with the following procedure:

    The representative of the Commission shall submit to the committee a draft of the measures to be taken. The committee shall deliver its opinion on the draft, within a time limit which the chairman may lay down according to the urgency of the matter, if necessary by taking a vote.

    The opinion shall be recorded in the minutes; in addition, each Member State shall have the right to ask to have its position recorded in the minutes.
    The Commission shall take the utmost account of the opinion delivered by the committee.
    It shall inform the committee of the manner in which its opinion has been taken into account.

    2. Должен быть создан постоянно действующий комитет, состоящий из представителей, назначенных Государствами – членами, и возглавляемый представителем Комиссии.

    Постоянно действующий комитет будет сам устанавливать порядок действий и процедуры.

    Любой вопрос, относящийся к выполнению и практическому применению настоящей Директивы, может быть поставлен на рассмотрение постоянно действующего комитета, в соответствии со следующими правилами:

    Представитель Комиссии должен представить комитету проект предполагаемых к принятию мер. Комитет должен выразить свое мнение по проекту за время, установленное председателем в соответствии со срочностью вопроса, при необходимости определяемого путем голосования.

    Это мнение должно быть зафиксировано в протоколе; кроме того, каждое Государство - член имеет право потребовать отразить свою позицию в протоколе. Комиссия должна максимально учитывать мнение, вынесенное комитетом.
    Она должна проинформировать комитет, каким образом было учтено его мнение.

    Article 7
    1. Where a Member State ascertains that:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking, or
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity, used in accordance with their intended purpose are liable to endanger the safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, it shall take all appropriate measures to withdraw such machinery or safety components from the market, to prohibit the placing on the market, putting into service or use thereof, or to restrict free movement thereof.

    Member States shall immediately inform the Commission of any such measure, indicating the reason for its decision and, in particular, whether non-conformity is due to:
    (a) failure to satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3;
    (b) incorrect application of the standards referred to in Article 5(2);
    (c) shortcomings in the standards themselves referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 7
    1. Если Государство - член устанавливает, что:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ", либо
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, используемые в соответствии с их назначением, могут нести угрозу безопасности людям, и, если это имеет место, домашним животным или собственности, оно должно принять все необходимые меры для изъятия такого машинного оборудования, либо компонентов безопасности с рынка, запретить их поставку на рынок, ввод в эксплуатацию или использование, либо ограничить их свободное обращение.

    Государства - члены должны немедленно информировать Комиссию о любых подобных мерах, указать причины такого решения и, в особенности, информировать о том, явилось ли это несоответствие результатом:
    a) неспособности удовлетворить основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3;
    b) неправильного применения стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п.2);
    c) недостатков самих стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п. 2).

    2. The Commission shall enter into consultation with the parties concerned without delay. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the measure is justified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the other Member States. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the action is unjustified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community.

    Where the decision referred to in paragraph 1 is based on a shortcoming in the standards, and where the Member State at the origin of the decision maintains its position, the Commission shall immediately inform the committee in order to initiate the procedures referred to in Article 6(1).

    2. Комиссия должна безотлагательно провести консультацию с заинтересованными сторонами. В случае, если после проведения такой консультации, Комиссия полагает, что такая мера обоснована, она должна немедленно информировать об этом Государство - член, которое выдвинуло эту инициативу, а также остальные Государства - члены. Если Комиссия после проведения такой консультации полагает, что действия не были обоснованными, она немедленно извещает об этом Государство - член, проявившее инициативу, и изготовителя, либо его уполномоченного представителя в Сообществе.

    Если решение, указанное в параграфе 1, основано на недостатках в стандартах, и если Государство - член на основании такого решения сохраняет свои позиции, то Комиссия должна немедленно информировать комитет для того, чтобы начать процедуры, описанные в Статье 6 (п. 1).

    3. Where:
    — machinery which does not comply bears the CE marking,
    — a safety component which does not comply is accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity,
    the competent Member State shall take appropriate action against whom so ever has affixed the marking or drawn up the declaration and shall so inform the Commission and other Member States.

    3. Если:
    - машинное оборудование, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют маркировку "СЕ",
    - компоненты безопасности, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют декларацию соответствия ЕС,
    компетентное Государство - член должно начать соответствующие действия против любого, кто поставил маркировку, или составил декларацию, и должно проинформировать об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    4. The Commission shall ensure that Member States are kept informed of the progress and outcome of this procedure.

    4. Комиссия должна обеспечить, чтобы Государства – члены были постоянно информированы о ходе и результатах данной процедуры.

    CHAPTER II
    CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES
    Article 8
    1. The manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community must, in order to certify that machinery and safety components are in conformity with this Directive, draw up for all machinery or safety components manufactured an EC declaration of conformity based on the model given in Annex II, point A or C as appropriate.

    In addition, for machinery alone, the manufacturer or his authorised representatives established in the Community must affix to the machine the CE marking.

    Глава II
    Процедуры оценки соответствия
    Статья 8
    1. Для подтверждения того, что машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен составить декларацию ЕС о соответствии на произведенное машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности по образцу, приведенному в Приложении II, соответственно пунктам A или C.

    Корме того, на машинное оборудование изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен нанести маркировку "СЕ" в соответствии со Статьей 10.

    2. Before placing on the market, the manufacturer, or his authorised representative established in the Community, shall:
    (a) if the machinery is not referred to in Annex IV, draw up the file provided for in Annex V;
    (b) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and its manufacturer does not comply, or only partly complies, with the standards referred to in Article 5(2) or if there are no such standards, submit an example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI;
    (c) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and is manufactured in accordance with the standards referred to in Article 5(2):
    — either draw up the file referred to in Annex VI and forward it to a notified body, which will acknowledge receipt of the file as soon as possible and keep it,
    — submit the file referred to in Annex VI to the notified body, which will simply verify that the standards referred to in Article 5(2) have been correctly applied and will draw up a certificate of adequacy for the file,
    — or submit the example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI.

    2. Перед поставкой на рынок изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен:
    (a) в случае, если машинное оборудование не указано в Приложении IV, составить документацию, предусмотренную Приложением V;
    (b) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV, и их изготовитель не выполняет, либо выполняет лишь частично требования стандартов, упомянутых в Статье 5 (2), либо, если таких стандартов не существует, то представить образец машинного оборудования для его испытания ЕС, определенного в Приложении VI;
    (c) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV и изготовлено в соответствии со стандартами, определенными в Статье 5 (п. 2):
    - либо составить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, и передать ее нотифицированному органу, который подтверждает получение документации в возможно короткие сроки, а также сохраняет ее;
    - представить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, нотифицированному органу, который просто проверит, что стандарты, упомянутые в Статье 5 (2), были применены правильно и составит сертификат соответствия по этой документации;
    - либо представить образец машинного оборудования для испытания ЕС типового образца, определенного в Приложении VI.

    3. Where the first indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of the first sentence of paragraphs 5 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    Where the second indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    3. В тех случаях, когда может быть применен первый абзац параграфа 2 (с) этой Статьи должны также применяться положения первого предложения параграфов 5 и 7 Приложения VI.

    В тех случаях, когда может быть применен второй абзац пункта 2 (с), должны также применяться положения параграфов 5, 6 и 7 Приложения VI.

    4. Where paragraph 2(a) and the first and second indents of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall solely state conformity with the essential requirements of the Directive.

    Where paragraph 2(b) and the third indent of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall state conformity with the example that underwent EC type-examination.

    4. В тех случаях, когда применяется параграф 2 (а) и первый и второй абзацы параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие основным требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    В случае, когда применяется параграф 2 (b) и третий абзац параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие образцу, прошедшему испытание ЕС типового образца.

    5. Safety components shall be subject to the certification procedures applicable to machinery pursuant to paragraphs 2, 3 and 4. Furthermore, during EC type-examination, the notified body shall verify the suitability of the safety component for fulfilling the safety functions declared by the manufacturer.

    5.Компоненты безопасности должны подвергаться процедурам сертификации, применимым к машинному оборудованию в соответствии с параграфами 2, 3, 4. Более того, во время испытания ЕС типового образца нотифицированный орган должен проверить пригодность компонентов безопасности для выполнения тех функций безопасности, которые заявлены изготовителем.

    6. (a) Where the machinery is subject to other Directives concerning other aspects and which also provide for the affixing of the CE marking, the latter shall indicate that the machinery is also presumed to conform to the provisions of those other Directives.
    (b) However, where one or more of those Directives allow the manufacturer, during a transitional period, to choose which arrangements to apply, the CE marking shall indicate conformity only to the Directives applied by the manufacturer. In this case, particulars of the Directives applied, as published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, must be given in the documents, notices or instructions required by the directives and accompanying such machinery.

    6. (a) В тех случаях, когда машинное оборудование подпадает под действие Директив по другим аспектам, которые также предусматривают нанесение маркировки "СЕ", последняя указывает, что такое машинное оборудование соответствуют положениям этих прочих директив.
    (b) Тем не менее, когда одна или несколько таких Директив позволяют изготовителям в течение переходного периода выбирать, какие из положений применить, маркировка "СЕ" будет указывать на соответствие только тем Директивам, которые применялись изготовителем. В этом случае подробная информация о примененных Директивах, опубликованных в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, должен приводиться в документах, аннотациях или инструкциях, требуемых в соответствии с Директивами, и сопровождать такое машинное оборудование.

    7. Where neither the manufacturer nor his authorised representative established in the Community fulfils the obligations of paragraphs 1 to 6, these obligations shall fall to any person placing the machinery or safety component on the market in the Community. The same obligations shall apply to any person assembling machinery or parts thereof or safety components of various origins or constructing machinery or safety components for his own use.

    7. Если ни изготовитель, ни его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не выполнят своих обязательств по предыдущим параграфам, то эти обязательства должны быть выполнены любыми лицами, поставляющими машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности на рынок Сообщества. Такие же обязательства возлагаются на любые лица, осуществляющие сборку машинного оборудования, либо его частей или компонентов безопасности различного происхождения, либо создающие машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности для собственного пользования.

    8. The obligations referred to in paragraph 7 shall not apply to persons who assemble with a machine or tractor interchangeable equipment as provided for in Article 1, provided that the parts are compatible and each of the constituent parts of the assembled machine bears the CE marking and is accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity.

    8. Обязательства, изложенные в параграфе 7, не применяются к лицам, которые собирают с машиной, механизмом или транспортным средством взаимозаменяемое оборудование, указанное в Статье 1, при условии, что эти части совместимы, и каждая из частей машины в сборе имеет маркировку "СЕ" и Декларацию ЕС о соответствии.

    Article 9
    1. Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of the approved bodies which they have appointed to carry out the procedures referred to in Article 8 together with the specific tasks which these bodies have been appointed to carry out and the identification numbers assigned to them beforehand by the Commission.
    The Commission shall publish in the Official Journal of the European Communities a list of the notified bodies and their identification numbers and the tasks for which they have been notified. The Commission shall ensure that this list is kept up to date.

    Статья 9
    1. Государства - члены должны уведомить Комиссию и другие Государства - члены об утвержденных органах, которые назначаются для выполнения процедур, описанных в Статье 8, также как и для различных особых задач, которые этим органам предназначено выполнять, и об идентификационных номерах, предварительно присвоенных им Комиссией.

    В Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ Комиссия должна публиковать список таких нотифицированных органов и их идентификационные номера, а также задачи, для решения которых они предназначены. Комиссия должна обеспечить своевременность обновления списка.

    2. Member States shall apply the criteria laid down in Annex VII in assessing the bodies to be indicated in such notification. Bodies meeting the assessment criteria laid down in the relevant harmonised standards shall be presumed to fulfil those criteria.

    2. Государства - члены должны применять критерии, изложенные в Приложении VII, для определения органов, которые будут указаны в таких назначениях. Органы, удовлетворяющие критериям, изложенным в соответствующих гармонизированных стандартах, считаются соответствующими критериям.

    3. A Member State which has approved a body must withdraw its notification if it finds that the body no longer meets the criteria referred to in Annex VII. It shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States accordingly.

    3. Государство - член, утвердившее такой орган, должно отменить его назначение, если оно обнаружит, что он больше не соответствует критериям, изложенным в Приложении VII. Государство - член должно немедленно известить об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    CHAPTER III
    CE MARKING
    Article 10
    1. The CE conformity marking shall consist of the initials ‘CE’. The form of the marking to be used is shown in Annex III.

    ГЛАВА III
    МАРКИРОВКА "СЕ"
    Статья 10
    1. Маркировка "СЕ" состоит из заглавных букв "СЕ". Форма маркировки, которая будет использоваться, указана в Приложении III.

    2. The CE marking shall be affixed to machinery distinctly and visibly in accordance with point 1.7.3 of Annex I.

    2. Маркировка "СЕ" должна наноситься на машинное оборудование четко, на видном месте в соответствии с пунктом 1.7.3. Приложения I.

    3. The affixing of markings on the machinery which are likely to deceive third parties as to the meaning and form of the CE marking shall be prohibited. Any other marking may be affixed to the machinery provided that the visibility and legibility of the CE marking is not thereby reduced.

    3. Нанесение маркировок на машинное оборудование таким образом, что это может ввести в заблуждение относительно значения и формы маркировки "СЕ", запрещено. Любые другие маркировки могут быть нанесены на машинное оборудование таким образом, чтобы не мешать видимости и различимости маркировки "СЕ".

    4. Without prejudice to Article 7:
    (a) where a Member State establishes that the CE marking has been affixed unduly, the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community shall be obliged to make the product conform as regards the provisions concerning the CE marking and to end the infringement under the conditions imposed by the Member State;

    (b) where non-conformity continues, the Member State must take all appropriate measures to restrict or prohibit the placing on the market of the product in question or to ensure that it is withdrawn from the market in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 7.

    4. Без ограничения применения Статьи 7:
    (a) если Государство - член устанавливает, что маркировка "СЕ" была нанесена неправильно, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе будет обязан привести продукцию в соответствии с положениями, касающимися маркировки "СЕ" и положить конец нарушениям на условиях, установленных Государством - членом;

    (b) если такое несоответствие будет продолжаться, то Государство - член должно принять все соответствующие меры для ограничения или запрещения поставки на рынок такой продукции, либо обеспечить изъятие ее с рынка в соответствии с процедурами, изложенными в Статье 7.

    CHAPTER IV
    FINAL PROVISIONS
    Article 11
    Any decision taken pursuant to this Directive which restricts the placing on the market and putting into service of machinery or a safety component shall state the exact grounds on which it is based. Such a decision shall be notified as soon as possible to the party concerned, who shall at the same time be informed of the legal remedies available to him under the laws in force in the Member State concerned and of the time limits to which such remedies are subject.

    ГЛАВА IV
    ЗАКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ
    Статья 11
    Любое решение, принятое в исполнение настоящей Директивы, ограничивающее поставку на рынок и ввод в эксплуатацию машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, должно указывать точные причины, на которых оно основано. Такое решение должно быть по возможности быстро доведено до сведения заинтересованных сторон, их также следует проинформировать о законных мерах, которые могут быть предприняты по действующему законодательству в соответствующем Государстве - члене и о сроках, в которые данные меры применяются.

    Article 12
    The Commission will take the necessary steps to have information on all the relevant decisions relating to the management of this Directive made available.

    Статья 12
    Комиссия предпримет все необходимые шаги для получения информации по всем соответствующим решениям, касающимся применения и распространения настоящей Директивы.

    Article 13
    1. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the provisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

    2. The Commission shall, before 1 January 1994, examine the progress made in the standardisation work relating to this Directive and propose any appropriate measures.

    Статья 13
    1. Государства - члены должны передать Комиссии тексты положений национальных законодательных актов, принимаемых в сфере, определяемой настоящей Директивой.

    2. Комиссия должна до 1 января 1994 г. изучить развитие работ по стандартизации, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы и предложить любые целесообразные меры.

    Тематики

    EN

    Русско-английский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > машинное оборудование

  • 94 być

    impf (jestem, jesteś, jest, jesteśmy, jesteście, są, byłem, byłeś, był, byliśmy, byliście, byli, będę, będziesz, będzie, będziemy, będziecie, będą) Ⅰ vi 1. (istnieć, żyć) to be
    - jest wielu znanych aktorów there are many well known actors
    - nie ma nikogo, kto mógłby to zrobić there’s no one who could do it
    - czy jest Bóg, czy go nie ma? does God exist, or not?
    - był sobie kiedyś stary król there was a. lived once an old king
    - nie było cię jeszcze wtedy na świecie this was before you were born
    - kiedy mnie już z wami nie będzie euf. when I am no more a. I am no longer with you euf.
    - myślę, więc jestem I think, therefore I am
    - być albo nie być to be or not to be
    - to dla nas być albo nie być this is our to be or not to be, this is our Waterloo
    - nie ma już dla niej ratunku nothing can save her now
    - jest wiele powodów do zadowolenia there’s good reason to be happy
    - nie ma obaw a. strachu pot. ! no problem! pot., not to worry! pot.
    - nie ma powodu do obaw there is no reason a. need to worry
    - są sprawy, których nigdy nie zrozumiesz there are (certain) things that you’ll never understand
    - nie ma co płakać/gadać it’s no use crying/talking (about it)
    - nie ma co żałować (there’s) no need to be sorry
    - nie ma co a. czego żałować it’s no great loss
    - nie ma czemu się dziwić, że… it’s no surprise a. wonder that…
    - nie ma o co się kłócić there’s nothing to quarrel about
    - nie ma czym się martwić/czego się bać there’s nothing to worry about/to be afraid of
    - nie ma z czego być dumnym (it’s) nothing to be proud of
    - nie ma z czego się cieszyć/śmiać there’s nothing to rejoice/to laugh about
    - „dziękuję za podwiezienie” – „nie ma za co” ‘thanks for the lift’ – ‘don’t mention it’ a. ‘you’re welcome‘
    - „przepraszam, że panu przerwałem” – „nie ma za co” ‘sorry I interrupted you’ – ‘that’s all right’
    - już cię/was nie ma! off with you!
    2. (przebywać, znajdować się) to be
    - być w pracy/szkole to be at work/at school
    - być w teatrze/na koncercie to be at the theatre/at a concert
    - teraz wychodzę, ale będę w domu o piątej I’m going out now, but I’ll be home at five
    - dzisiaj nie ma go w biurze he’s not in the office today
    - w pokoju nikogo nie ma/nie było there is/was no-one in the room
    - jest już piąta, a jego jak nie ma, tak nie ma it’s already five, and he’s still not here a. there’s still no trace of him
    - „czy jest Robert?” – „nie, nie ma go, jest jeszcze w szkole” ‘is Robert in?’ – ‘no, he’s not, he’s still at school’
    - „są jeszcze bilety na ostatni seans?” – „niestety, już nie ma” ‘do you still have tickets for the last showing?’ – ‘sorry, all sold out’
    - czy będziesz jutro w domu? ‘will you be at home a. in home tomorrow?’
    - kiedy (ona) będzie znowu w Warszawie? when will she be in Warsaw again?
    - byłem wczoraj u Roberta/u babci I was at Robert’s/granny’s yesterday, I went to see Robert/granny yesterday
    - był przy narodzinach swojej córki he was present at the birth of his daughter
    - nigdy nie byłem w Rosji I’ve never been to Russia
    - „skąd jesteś?” – „(jestem) z Krakowa/Polski” ‘where are you from?’ – ‘(I’m) from Cracow/Poland’
    - „gdzie jesteś?” – „tutaj!” ‘where are you?’ – ‘(I’m) here!’
    - „jestem!” (przy odczytywaniu listy) ‘here!’, ‘present’
    - będąc w Londynie, odwiedziłem Annę when a. while I was in London I went to see Anna
    - biblioteka jest w budynku głównym the library is in the main building
    - w jednym pudełku jest dziesięć bateryjek there are ten batteries in a packet
    - w domu nie było nic do jedzenia there was nothing to eat at home a. in the house
    - co jest w tym pudle? what’s in this box?
    - gdzie jest moja książka/najbliższa apteka? where’s my book/the nearest chemist’s?
    - co jest dzisiaj na lunch? what’s for lunch today?
    - wczoraj na kolację był dorsz there was cod for dinner yesterday
    - „dużo masz tych ziemniaków?” – „oj, będzie” pot. ‘got a lot of those spuds?’ – ‘loads’ pot.
    - będzie, będzie, więcej się nie zmieści pot. that’s plenty a. that’ll do, there’s no room for any more
    3. (trwać, stawać się) to be
    - jest godzina druga po południu it’s two in the afternoon a. two p.m.
    - nie ma jeszcze szóstej rano it’s not yet six a.m.
    - zanim dotrzemy do domu, będzie ósma wieczorem/północ it’ll be eight p.m./midnight by the time we reach home
    - był maj it was in May
    - to było w grudniu 1999 it was in December 1999
    - to było dawno, dawno temu this was a long, long time ago
    - jest piękny ranek it’s a fine morning
    - jest mroźno/upalnie it’s nippy/hot
    - wczoraj był deszcz/mróz it was raining/freezing yesterday
    - ciekawe, czy jutro będzie pogoda I wonder if it’s going to be fine tomorrow
    - nie pamiętam dokładnie, to było dość dawno temu I can’t really remember, it was some time ago
    - z niego jeszcze coś będzie he’ll turn out all right
    - co z niego będzie? how will he turn out?, what will become of him?
    - będzie z niego dobry pracownik he’ll be a good worker
    - kuchmistrz to z ciebie nie będzie you’ll never make a chef
    - z tych kwiatów nic już nie będzie these flowers/plants have had it pot.
    - z naszych planów/wakacji nic nie będzie nothing will come of our plans/holidays
    - nic z tego nie będzie it’s hopeless
    - nic dobrego z tego nie będzie nothing good will come of it
    - tyle pracy i nic z tego nie ma (he’s done) so much work and nothing to show for it
    4. (odbywać się, zdarzać się) to be
    - koncert/egzamin jest jutro the concert/exam is tomorrow
    - zebranie było w sali konferencyjnej the meeting was (held) in the conference room
    - jutro nie będzie a. nie ma lekcji there are no classes tomorrow
    - był do ciebie telefon there was a phone call for you
    - czy były do mnie jakieś telefony? has anyone called me?
    - był wypadek w kopalni there was an accident in the mine
    - co będzie, jeśli nie zdasz egzaminu? what’s going to happen if you fail the exam?
    - co będzie, jeśli ktoś nas zobaczy? supposing a. what if someone sees us?
    - nie martw się, wszystko będzie dobrze don’t worry, it’ll be a. it’s going to be fine
    - w życiu bywa rozmaicie you never know what life may bring
    - opowiedziałem jej wszystko, tak jak było I told her everything just as it happened
    - co ci/jej jest? what’s the matter with you/her?
    - coś mi/jemu jest something’s the matter with me/him
    - czy jemu coś jest? is anything the matter with him?
    - nic mu nie będzie, to tylko przeziębienie he’ll be fine, it’s only a cold
    5. (uczestniczyć, uczęszczać) to be
    - być na weselu/zebraniu to be at a wedding/meeting
    - wczoraj byliśmy na przyjęciu we were at a reception yesterday
    - być w liceum/na uniwersytecie to be at secondary school/at university
    - być na studiach to be a student a. at college
    - być na prawie/medycynie to study law/medicine
    - był na trzecim roku anglistyki he was in his third year in the English department
    - być na kursie komputerowym to be on a computer course
    - być na wojnie to go to war
    6. (przybyć) to be, to come
    - być pierwszym/drugim to be the first/second to arrive
    - był na mecie trzeci he came third
    - czy był już listonosz? has the postman been a. come yet?
    7. (znajdować się w jakimś stanie) to be
    - być pod urokiem/wrażeniem kogoś/czegoś to be charmed/impressed by sb/sth
    - być pod wpływem kogoś/czegoś to be under the influence of sb/sth
    - prowadzić samochód, będąc pod wpływem alkoholu to drive while under the influence of alcohol
    - być w ciąży to be pregnant
    - być w dobrym/złym humorze to be in a good/bad mood
    - nie być w nastroju do zabawy not to feel like going out a. partying
    - być w doskonałej formie to be in excellent form a. in fine fettle
    - być w strachu to be scared
    - być w rozpaczy to be in despair
    - bądźmy dobrej myśli let’s hope for the best
    - jestem przed obiadem I haven’t had my lunch yet
    - jestem już po śniadaniu I’ve already had breakfast
    - był siedem lat po studiach he had graduated seven years earlier
    - być po kielichu/po paru kieliszkach pot. to have had a drop/a few euf.
    - być na diecie to be on a diet
    - być na kaszce a. kleiku to be on a diet of gruel
    - być na emeryturze/rencie to be on a pension
    - sukienka jest do kolan the dress is knee-length
    - wody było do kostek the water was ankle-deep
    - firanka była do połowy okna the net curtain reached halfway down the window
    - chwila nieuwagi i było po wazonie one unguarded moment and the vase was smashed to pieces
    - jest już po nim/nas! it’s curtains for him/us! pot.
    - jeszcze chwila i byłoby po mnie another instant and it would have been curtains for me a. would have been all up with me pot.
    Ⅱ v aux. 1. (łącznik w orzeczeniu złożonym) to be
    - być nauczycielem/malarzem to be a teacher/painter
    - kiedy dorosnę, będę aktorem when I grow up, I’ll be an actor
    - być Polakiem/Duńczykiem to be Polish/Danish
    - borsuk jest drapieżnikiem the badger is a predator
    - nie bądź dzieckiem! don’t be childish a. such a child!
    - jestem Anna Kowalska I’m Anna Kowalska
    - „cześć, to ty jesteś Robert?” – „nie, jestem Adam” ‘hi, are you Robert? a. you’re Robert, are you?’ – ‘no, I’m Adam’
    - co to jest – ma cztery nogi i robi „miau”? what (is it that) has four legs and says ‘miaow’?
    - była wysoka/niska she was tall/short
    - jest autorką cenioną przez wszystkich she’s an author appreciated by all a. everybody
    - mój dziadek był podobno bardzo przystojnym mężczyzną my grandfather is said to have been a very handsome man
    - wciąż jest taka, jaką była za młodu she’s still her old self
    - kwiaty były żółte i czerwone the flowers were yellow and red
    - pizza była całkiem dobra the pizza was quite good
    - pojemnik był z drewna/plastiku the container was made of wood/plastic
    - z tych listewek byłby ładny latawiec these slats could make a fine kite
    - wszystko to były jedynie domysły it was all only conjecture
    - czyj jest ten samochód? whose car is this?, who does this car belong to?
    - ta książka jest jej/Adama this book is hers/Adam’s, this is her/Adam’s book
    - żona była dla niego wszystkim his wife was everything to him
    - nie naśladuj innych, bądź sobą don’t imitate others, be yourself
    - ta zupa jest zimna this soup is cold
    - Maria jest niewidoma Maria is blind
    - jesteś głodny? are you hungry?
    - Robert jest żonaty/rozwiedziony Robert is married/divorced
    - są małżeństwem od dziesięciu lat they’ve been married for ten years
    - bądź dla niej miły be nice to her
    - bądź tak dobry a. uprzejmy would you mind
    - bądź tak miły i otwórz okno would you mind opening the window?
    - czy byłaby pani uprzejma podać mi sól would you be kind enough a. would you be so kind as to pass me the salt?
    - nie bądź głupi! don’t be a fool!
    - cicho bądź! be quiet!
    - być w kapeluszu/kaloszach/spodniach to be wearing a hat/rubber boots/trousers
    - była w zielonym żakiecie/czarnym berecie she was wearing a green jacket/black beret, she had a green jacket/black beret on
    - być za kimś/czymś (opowiadać się) to support sb/sth, to be for sb/sth
    - byłem za tym, żeby nikomu nic nie mówić I was for not telling anyone anything
    - dwa razy dwa jest cztery two times two is four
    2. (w stronie biernej) artykuł jest dobrze napisany the article is well written
    - ściany pokoju były pomalowane na różowo the walls of the room were painted pink
    - dzieci, które są maltretowane przez rodziców children who are abused by their parents
    - tak jest napisane w gazecie that’s what it says in the paper
    - samochód będzie naprawiony jutro the car will be repaired by tomorrow
    - to musi być zrobione do czwartku this must be done by Thursday
    - sukienka była uszyta z czarnej wełenki the dress was made of black wool
    3. (w czasie przyszłym złożonym) shall, will
    - będzie pamiętał a. pamiętać tę scenę przez cały życie he will remember this scene all his life
    - będziemy długo go wspominali a. wspominać we shall a. will long remember him
    4. przest. (w czasie zaprzeszłym) w Krakowie mieszkał był przed trzema laty he would have been living a. was living in Cracow three years ago 5. (w trybie warunkowym) byłbym napisał a. napisałbym był do ciebie, gdybym znał twój adres I would have written to you, had I known your address a. if I had known your address
    - co by się było stało, gdyby nie jego pomoc what would have happened if it hadn’t been for his help
    - byłaby spadła ze schodów (omal nie) she almost fell down the stairs
    - byłbym zapomniał! zabierz ze sobą śpiwór I almost a. nearly forgot! take a sleeping bag with you
    6. (w zwrotach nieosobowych) było już późno it was already late
    - jest dopiero wpół do ósmej it’s only half past seven
    - nie było co jeść there was nothing to eat
    - za ciepło będzie ci w tym swetrze you’ll be too hot in this jumper
    - byłoby przyjemnie zjeść razem obiad it would be nice to have lunch together
    - wychodzić po zmierzchu było niebezpiecznie it was dangerous going out after dark
    - nie kupić tego mieszkania będzie niewybaczalnym błędem not to buy that a. the flat would be an inexcusable mistake
    - z chorym było źle/coraz gorzej the patient was bad/getting worse
    - z dziadkiem jest nienajlepiej grandfather is poorly
    - wszystko będzie na niego he’ll get all the blame
    - żeby nie było na mnie I don’t want to get the blame
    - na imię było jej Maria her name was Maria
    - było dobrze po północy it was well after midnight
    - będzie z godzinę/trzy lata temu an hour or so/some three years ago
    - będzie kwadrans jak wyszedł he must have left fifteen minutes or so ago, it’s been fifteen minutes or so since he left
    - do najbliższego sklepu będzie ze trzy kilometry it’s a good three kilometres to the nearest shop
    - nie ma tu gdzie usiąść there’s nowhere here to sit
    - w tym mieście na ma dokąd pójść wieczorem there’s nowhere to go at night in this town
    - nie ma komu posprzątać/zrobić zakupy there’s no-one to clean/to do shopping
    - nie ma z kim się bawić there’s no-one to play with
    7. (z czasownikami niewłaściwymi) to be
    - trzeba było coś z tym zrobić something had to be done about it
    - trzeba było od razu tak mówić why didn’t you say so in the first place?
    - czytać można było tylko przy świecach one could read only by candlelight
    - jest gorzej niż można było przypuszczać it’s worse than might have been expected
    ■ bądź zdrów! (pożegnanie) goodbye!, take care!
    - być bez forsy/przy forsie pot. to be penniless/flush pot.
    - być do niczego (bezużyteczny) [osoba, przedmiot] to be useless a. no good; (chory, słaby) [osoba] to be poorly a. out of sorts
    - być może perhaps, maybe
    - być może nam się uda perhaps we’ll succeed
    - być może a. może być, że… it may happen that…
    - być niczym [osoba] to be a nobody
    - znałem ją, kiedy jeszcze była nikim I knew her when she was still a nobody
    - być przy nadziei a. być w poważnym a. odmiennym a. błogosławionym stanie książk. to be in an interesting condition a. in the family way przest.; to have a bun in the oven euf., pot.
    - było nie było (tak czy owak) when all’s said and done, after all; (niech się dzieje co chce) come what may, be that as it may
    - było nie było, to już ćwierć wieku od naszego ślubu when all’s said and done a. after all, it’s twenty-five years since we got married
    - było nie było, idę pogadać z szefem o podwyżce come what may, I’m going to the boss to talk about a rise
    - było siedzieć w domu/nie pożyczać mu pieniędzy pot. serves you right, you should have stayed at home/shouldn’t have lent him money
    - było nic mu nie mówić you should have told him nothing
    - co będzie, to będzie whatever will be, will be
    - co było, to było let bygones be bygones
    - co jest? pot. what’s up? pot.
    - co jest, do jasnej cholery? dlaczego nikt nie otwiera? what the hell’s going on? – why doesn’t anyone open the door? pot.
    - co jest? przyjacielowi paru groszy żałujesz? what’s wrong? – can’t spare a friend a few pence? pot.
    - coś w tym jest a. coś w tym musi być there must be something in it
    - coś w tym musi być, że wszyscy dyrektorzy będą na tym zebraniu there must be something in it, if all the directors are going to the meeting
    - jakoś to będzie things’ll a. it’ll work out somehow pot.
    - nie ma co a. rady oh well
    - nie ma co, trzeba brać się do roboty oh well, time to do some work
    - nie ma co! well, well!
    - mieszkanie, nie ma co, widne i ustawne well, well, not a bad flat, airy and well laid out
    - ładnie się spisałeś, nie ma co! iron. well, well, you’ve done it now, haven’t you!
    - nie ma (to) jak kuchnia domowa/kieliszek zimnej wódki nothing beats a. you can’t beat home cooking/a glass of cold vodka
    - nie ma (to) jak muzyka klasyczna give me classical music every time
    - nie ma to jak wakacje! there’s nothing like a holiday!
    - nie może być! (niedowierzanie) I don’t believe it!, you don’t say!
    - niech będzie! oh well!
    - niech ci/wam będzie! have it your own way!
    - niech mu/jej będzie! let him/her have his/her own way!
    - niech tak będzie! (zgoda) so be it!
    - tak jest! (owszem) (that’s) right!
    - „to jest pańskie ostatnie słowo” – „tak jest, ostatnie” ‘is that your final word?’ – ‘yes, it is’, ‘that’s right’
    - tak jest, panie pułkowniku/generale! Wojsk. yes, sir!
    - to jest książk. that is, that is to say
    - główne gałęzie przemysłu, to jest górnictwo i hutnictwo the main branches of industry, that is (to say) mining and metallurgy
    * * *
    (jestem, jesteś); pl jesteśmy; pl jesteście; pl są; imp bądź; pt był, była, byli; sg fut będę; sg fut; będziesz; vi

    jestem! — present!, here!

    jest ciepło/zimno — it's warm/cold

    jest mi zimno/przykro — I'm cold/sorry

    będę pamiętać lub pamiętał — I will remember

    co będzie, jeśli nie przyjdą? — what will happen if they don't come?

    nie może być! — this lub it can't be!

    tak jest! — yes, sir!

    jestem za +instr /przeciw być — +dat I am for/against

    * * *
    I.
    być1
    ipf.
    1. (= znajdować się w jakimś stanie l. miejscu) be; (= istnieć) exist, be there; być na diecie be on a diet; być na emeryturze be retired; jestem po robocie I'm finished l. done with work (for today); pewnego razu był sobie król... once upon a time there lived a king...; w ogrodzie były róże there were roses in the garden; w Galaktyce są miliardy gwiazd there are billions of stars in the Galaxy; ile ich jest? how many of them are there?; być w kinie be at the theater; być na wycieczce be on a trip; być w Warszawie be in Warsaw; być u babci na wsi be at grandma's house in the country; być z kimś sam na sam be one on one with sb; od świtu jestem na nogach I have been on my feet all day; Ewa jest na ostatnich nogach Eva is ready to drop l. dead on her feet; jesteś na drodze do zawału you are on the road to a heart attack; wszystko jest na swoim miejscu everything is in its place; to było nie na miejscu that was out of line; być na ustach całego miasteczka be on the lips of everyone in town; być jedną nogą na tamtym świecie have one foot in the grave; co dzisiaj będzie na obiad? what's for supper today?; wszystko jest pod ręką we have everything right at hand; być u steru przen. be at the wheel; no to jestem w domu (= zrozumiałem) that hits home; być w latach l. w leciech be up in one's years; być w sile wieku be in one's prime; być w opałach be in a bind; teraz wszystko jest w twoich rękach now everything is in your hands l. up to you; być w siódmym niebie be in seventh heaven; być w swoim żywiole be in one's element; być na zebraniu be at a meeting; być na wojnie be (fighting) in a war; być na studiach be at college; być na anglistyce be in the English Department; nigdy nie byłem w Chicago I've never been to Chicago; Adam jest pod pantoflem swojej żony Adam is henpecked; być nie w sosie be in a bad mood; jest gaz i woda we have gas and water; jestem takiego samego zdania I'm of the same opinion; jestem dobrej myśli I'm hoping for the best; jest mi u ciebie tak dobrze I feel so good at your place; jest mi głupio I feel stupid; to jest do niczego it's no good; być górą be on top; to nie jest czas po temu this is not the time for that; to nie jest mi na rękę this is inconvenient (for me); to nie jest po mojej myśli that's not what I intended l. what I had in mind; jestem pod wrażeniem I'm impressed; jestem bez pieniędzy I'm broke; jestem w ciąży I'm pregnant; Ewa jest przy nadziei przest. Eva is in the family way; jestem na służbie I'm on duty; byliśmy na spacerze we were taking a walk; dobrze wiesz, że jesteś na mojej łasce you know fully well that you're at my mercy; czy jesteś w stanie mnie zrozumieć? are you able to understand me?; jestem w dobrym humorze I'm in a good mood; byliśmy w kłopocie, co zrobić z... we couldn't figure out what to do with...; Ewa przez moment była w rozterce for a moment Ewa was in a dilemma; Ewa jest z Adamem w przyjaźni Ewa is friends with Adam; po czyjej jesteś stronie? whose side are you on?; Adam jest w porządku Adam is OK l. alright; to nie jest w moim guście that's not my style; jestem na bakier z gramatyką I haven't a clue about grammar; z teściową jestem na złej stopie I'm on bad terms with my mother-in-law; z prezesem jestem na ty I'm on a first name basis with the president; jestem za reformą I'm for the reform; oni są z sobą za pan brat they are on familiar terms; jestem z Ewą po słowie przest. I'm engaged to Eve.
    2. ( część orzeczenia imiennego) jestem studentem I am a student; byłam piosenkarką I was a singer; będę generałem I will be a general; ta dziewczyna jest ładna that girl is pretty; samochód jest ojca that's father's car; ten długopis nie jest mój this pen isn't mine; bądź zdrów! get well!; jesteś dla mnie niczym! you mean nothing to me; on nie był sobą he wasn't himself; dwa razy dwa jest cztery two plus two is l. equals four.
    3. ( w zdaniach bezosobowych) (= zdarzać się) jest piękny dzień it's a beautiful day; był kwiecień it was April; było to dość dawno it was l. happened quite a long time ago; był do ciebie telefon you had a call; było już późno it was getting late; nie ma co jeść there's nothing to eat; będzie z godzinę temu, jak... it's been an hour since...; a co będzie ze mną? what will happen to me?; ciekaw jestem, co z niego będzie I'm curious (about) what will become of him; jeżeli tak jest if it is so; być może maybe, perhaps; co będzie, to będzie come what may; co było, to było let bygones be bygones; jakoś to (w końcu) będzie thing's will turn out fine (in the end); co ci jest? what's wrong l. the matter with you?; z tej mąki nie będzie chleba it's hopeless; nie może być that's impossible; jest już po nim it's too late for him; he's done for; he's a goner l. a has-been; co było, a nie jest, nie pisze się w rejestr what's done is done; tak jest! exactly!, precisely!, that's right; wojsk. yes, sir!; to jest (= czyli) that is; było nie było whatever happens; no matter what (happens).
    II.
    być2
    ipf.
    1. tylko będę będziesz itd. ( w formach czasu przyszłego) will (be); będę pamiętał o tym I'll remember that; dzieci będą w ogrodzie the kids will be in the garden; będziemy śpiewać kolędy we're going to sing carols.
    2. ( w formach strony biernej) dom był sprzedany za... the house was sold for...; jesteś obserwowany you are being watched; droga jest już naprawiona the road has been repaired.

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > być

  • 95 anualmente

    adv.
    annually, yearly.
    * * *
    1 annually, yearly
    * * *
    adv.
    annually, yearly
    * * *
    ADV annually, yearly
    * * *
    = annually, yearly, on a yearly basis, year-on-year.
    Ex. The National Union Catalog is still published with quarterly updates, and is cumulated annually and quinquennially.
    Ex. I suggest that somewhere between 10 to 25 years' worth of material be stored online and that the catalog be weeded or purged yearly.
    Ex. This service will be produced on a yearly basis.
    Ex. This corresponds to a year-on-year increase of 28%.
    * * *
    = annually, yearly, on a yearly basis, year-on-year.

    Ex: The National Union Catalog is still published with quarterly updates, and is cumulated annually and quinquennially.

    Ex: I suggest that somewhere between 10 to 25 years' worth of material be stored online and that the catalog be weeded or purged yearly.
    Ex: This service will be produced on a yearly basis.
    Ex: This corresponds to a year-on-year increase of 28%.

    * * *
    annually
    se publica anualmente it is published annually o once a year o yearly
    recibirán dicha cantidad anualmente they will receive the said amount annually o per year
    * * *

    anualmente adverbio yearly, once a year: la feria se celebra anualmente, the festival is held annually
    ' anualmente' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    salario
    English:
    annually
    - yearly
    * * *
    annually, yearly;
    la final se celebra anualmente en la capital the final is held in the capital every year
    * * *
    adv yearly
    * * *
    anualmente adj yearly

    Spanish-English dictionary > anualmente

  • 96 asunto

    m.
    1 matter.
    necesitamos hablar de un asunto importante we need to talk about an important matter
    anda metido en un asunto turbio he's mixed up o involved in a dodgy affair
    no es asunto tuyo it's none of your business
    el asunto es que… the thing is that…
    ¡…y asunto concluido! and that's that!
    2 theme.
    3 affair (romance).
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: asuntar.
    * * *
    1 (cuestión) matter, issue; (tema) subject; (de obra) theme
    2 (negocio) affair, business
    3 (aventura) affair, love affair
    \
    asuntos exteriores PLÍTICA Foreign Affairs
    * * *
    noun m.
    affair, business, issue, matter
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=cuestión) matter

    ¡esto es asunto mío! — that's my business o affair!

    ¡asunto concluido! — that's an end to the matter!

    - me ha llamado el jefe a su despacho -mal asunto — "the boss has called me to his office" - "doesn't look good"

    el asunto es que... — the thing is (that)...

    2) (Jur) case
    3) (Pol)

    Ministerio de Asuntos Exteriores — Foreign Ministry, Foreign Office, State Department (EEUU)

    4) (=aventura amorosa) affair

    ¿a asunto de qué lo hiciste? — why did you do it?

    7) (Literat) † (=tema) subject
    * * *
    a) (cuestión, problema) matter

    y asunto concluido: te he dicho que no y asunto concluido I've said no and that's that; te quedarás en casa y asunto concluido — you're staying at home and that's all there is to it

    b) (pey) ( relación amorosa) affair
    c) (CS fam) (razón, sentido)

    ¿a asunto de qué se lo dijiste? — what did you go and tell him for? (colloq), why on earth did you tell him? (colloq)

    ¿a asunto de qué voy a ir? — what on earth's the point of my going? (colloq)

    * * *
    = affair, issue, matter, topic, subject matter, business [businesses, -pl.], question, concern, subject line.
    Ex. And also until Groome appeared, newcomers were a nullity as an active political force, exerting little influence in city affairs.
    Ex. These issues are reviewed more thoroughly in chapter 10.
    Ex. AACR2 generally recommends collocation although it is suggested that the extent of collocation and the need for uniform titles is a matter for local decisions.
    Ex. A book index is an alphabetically arranged list of words or terms leading the reader to the numbers of pages on which specific topics are considered, or on which specific names appear.
    Ex. The librarian generally looks at the book's title, subtitle, preface, contents list, etc, in order to determine the subject matter.
    Ex. I think this whole business about whether punctuation is obtrusive or not is quite honestly not worth discussing.
    Ex. The question is not how much time we have, but what we do with it and how we utilize it.
    Ex. Her article lays emphasis on some of the concerns that are important to the continued development of effective information policies.
    Ex. Over 35% of SPAM is detected from an email's subject line.
    ----
    * abordar una mínima parte del asunto = touch + the tip of the iceberg.
    * aclarar un asunto = clarify + matter.
    * arreglar + Posesivo + asuntos = put + Posesivo + (own) house in order.
    * asunto candente = burning issue, burning question, hot potato, hot topic, hot issue.
    * asunto de actualidad = current issue.
    * asunto de importancia = matter of weight, matter of consequence.
    * asunto delicado = sore subject, sore spot, sore point, sensitive issue, hot potato.
    * asunto de trascendencia = matter of weight, matter of consequence.
    * asunto familiar = family affair.
    * asunto insignificante = matter of no consequence.
    * asunto laboral = work-related issue.
    * asunto pendiente = unresolved matter.
    * asunto pendiente, asunto sin resolver, cabo suelto, asignatura pendiente = unresolved matter.
    * asunto personal = personal issue.
    * asunto relacionado con el trabajo = work-related issue.
    * asuntos = matters.
    * asuntos académicos = academic affairs.
    * asuntos cotidianos = everyday matters.
    * asuntos de la casa, los = home affairs.
    * asuntos exteriores = foreign affairs.
    * asunto sin importancia = matter of no consequence.
    * asunto sin resolver = unfinished business, unresolved matter.
    * asuntos internacionales = global affairs, world affairs.
    * asuntos internos = Minister of Internal Affairs, internal affairs.
    * asunto sin trascendencia = matter of no consequence.
    * asuntos pendientes = unfinished business.
    * asuntos propios = personal business.
    * asuntos públicos = public affairs.
    * cambiando de asunto = on another topic, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.
    * darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.
    * delegar un asunto = delegate + matter.
    * discutir del asunto con = take + the matter + up with.
    * ese es el asunto = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * hablar del asunto con = take + the matter + up with.
    * juzgado de asuntos menores = magistrates' court.
    * Ministerio de Asuntos Exteriores = Ministry of Foreign Affairs.
    * Ministerio de Asuntos Exteriores, el = Foreign Office, the.
    * ministro de asuntos exteriores = foreign minister.
    * responsable de asuntos económicos = financial officer.
    * rumiar un asunto = chew + the cud.
    * ser el asunto = be the point.
    * ser un asunto de = be a matter for/of.
    * ser un asunto difícil = be a difficult business.
    * ser un asunto problemático = be at issue.
    * tomar parte en el asunto = enter + the fray.
    * tomar parte en en el asunto = be part of the picture.
    * tomarse + Expresión Temporal + de asuntos propios = take + Expresión Temporal + off, have + Expresión Temporal + off work.
    * tomarse unos días de asuntos propios = take + time off, take + time out, take + time off work.
    * tratar un asunto = deal with + issue.
    * * *
    a) (cuestión, problema) matter

    y asunto concluido: te he dicho que no y asunto concluido I've said no and that's that; te quedarás en casa y asunto concluido — you're staying at home and that's all there is to it

    b) (pey) ( relación amorosa) affair
    c) (CS fam) (razón, sentido)

    ¿a asunto de qué se lo dijiste? — what did you go and tell him for? (colloq), why on earth did you tell him? (colloq)

    ¿a asunto de qué voy a ir? — what on earth's the point of my going? (colloq)

    * * *
    = affair, issue, matter, topic, subject matter, business [businesses, -pl.], question, concern, subject line.

    Ex: And also until Groome appeared, newcomers were a nullity as an active political force, exerting little influence in city affairs.

    Ex: These issues are reviewed more thoroughly in chapter 10.
    Ex: AACR2 generally recommends collocation although it is suggested that the extent of collocation and the need for uniform titles is a matter for local decisions.
    Ex: A book index is an alphabetically arranged list of words or terms leading the reader to the numbers of pages on which specific topics are considered, or on which specific names appear.
    Ex: The librarian generally looks at the book's title, subtitle, preface, contents list, etc, in order to determine the subject matter.
    Ex: I think this whole business about whether punctuation is obtrusive or not is quite honestly not worth discussing.
    Ex: The question is not how much time we have, but what we do with it and how we utilize it.
    Ex: Her article lays emphasis on some of the concerns that are important to the continued development of effective information policies.
    Ex: Over 35% of SPAM is detected from an email's subject line.
    * abordar una mínima parte del asunto = touch + the tip of the iceberg.
    * aclarar un asunto = clarify + matter.
    * arreglar + Posesivo + asuntos = put + Posesivo + (own) house in order.
    * asunto candente = burning issue, burning question, hot potato, hot topic, hot issue.
    * asunto de actualidad = current issue.
    * asunto de importancia = matter of weight, matter of consequence.
    * asunto delicado = sore subject, sore spot, sore point, sensitive issue, hot potato.
    * asunto de trascendencia = matter of weight, matter of consequence.
    * asunto familiar = family affair.
    * asunto insignificante = matter of no consequence.
    * asunto laboral = work-related issue.
    * asunto pendiente = unresolved matter.
    * asunto pendiente, asunto sin resolver, cabo suelto, asignatura pendiente = unresolved matter.
    * asunto personal = personal issue.
    * asunto relacionado con el trabajo = work-related issue.
    * asuntos = matters.
    * asuntos académicos = academic affairs.
    * asuntos cotidianos = everyday matters.
    * asuntos de la casa, los = home affairs.
    * asuntos exteriores = foreign affairs.
    * asunto sin importancia = matter of no consequence.
    * asunto sin resolver = unfinished business, unresolved matter.
    * asuntos internacionales = global affairs, world affairs.
    * asuntos internos = Minister of Internal Affairs, internal affairs.
    * asunto sin trascendencia = matter of no consequence.
    * asuntos pendientes = unfinished business.
    * asuntos propios = personal business.
    * asuntos públicos = public affairs.
    * cambiando de asunto = on another topic, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.
    * darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.
    * delegar un asunto = delegate + matter.
    * discutir del asunto con = take + the matter + up with.
    * ese es el asunto = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * hablar del asunto con = take + the matter + up with.
    * juzgado de asuntos menores = magistrates' court.
    * Ministerio de Asuntos Exteriores = Ministry of Foreign Affairs.
    * Ministerio de Asuntos Exteriores, el = Foreign Office, the.
    * ministro de asuntos exteriores = foreign minister.
    * responsable de asuntos económicos = financial officer.
    * rumiar un asunto = chew + the cud.
    * ser el asunto = be the point.
    * ser un asunto de = be a matter for/of.
    * ser un asunto difícil = be a difficult business.
    * ser un asunto problemático = be at issue.
    * tomar parte en el asunto = enter + the fray.
    * tomar parte en en el asunto = be part of the picture.
    * tomarse + Expresión Temporal + de asuntos propios = take + Expresión Temporal + off, have + Expresión Temporal + off work.
    * tomarse unos días de asuntos propios = take + time off, take + time out, take + time off work.
    * tratar un asunto = deal with + issue.

    * * *
    1 (cuestión, problema) matter
    no hemos hablado del asunto del viaje we haven't talked about the trip, we haven't discussed the matter o question of the trip ( frml)
    éste es un asunto muy delicado this is a very delicate matter o issue
    se pelearon por el asunto de la herencia they fell out over the inheritance
    han quedado algunos asuntos pendientes there are still a few matters o questions o things to be resolved
    está implicado en un asunto de drogas he's mixed up in something to do with drugs
    están hablando de asuntos de negocios they're talking about business matters
    tengo un asunto muy importante entre manos I'm dealing with a very important matter
    no es asunto tuyo it's none of your business
    mal asunto, mañana viene el director general I don't like the look of this, the general manager's coming tomorrow
    y asunto concluido: ya te he dicho que no y asunto concluido I've already said no and that's that o that's final o that's all there is to it
    si se van a pelear por la pelota yo se la quito y asunto concluido if you're going to fight over the ball, I'll take it away and that'll be the end of that
    tuvo un asuntillo con la secretaria he had a brief fling with his secretary
    3
    (CS fam) (razón, sentido): ¿a asunto de qué or con qué asunto se lo dijiste? what did you go and tell him for? ( colloq), why on earth did you tell him? ( colloq)
    le encuentro muy poco asunto a esto I don't see much point in this
    ¿a asunto de qué me voy a ir hasta allá si no van a estar? what on earth's the point of my going all the way there if they're not going to be in? ( colloq)
    Compuesto:
    fpl ( esp Esp) foreign affairs
    * * *

     

    asunto sustantivo masculino
    a) (cuestión, problema) matter;


    asuntos exteriores (Esp) foreign affairs;
    un asunto muy delicado a very delicate matter o issue;
    está implicado en un asunto de drogas he's mixed up in something to do with drugs;
    no es asunto mío/tuyo it's none of my/your business

    asunto sustantivo masculino
    1 subject: no es asunto tuyo, it's none of your business 2 Asuntos Exteriores, Foreign Affairs
    ♦ Locuciones: tomar cartas en el asunto, to intervene
    ' asunto' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    airear
    - aspecto
    - avispero
    - bagatela
    - calada
    - calado
    - carpetazo
    - carta
    - clara
    - claro
    - cogollo
    - comparecencia
    - competencia
    - cosa
    - cuestión
    - de
    - defraudar
    - delicada
    - delicado
    - desconocimiento
    - despachar
    - destapar
    - desviarse
    - directamente
    - dispar
    - dominar
    - eje
    - encasquetar
    - enfocar
    - enfoque
    - engorrosa
    - engorroso
    - enjuiciar
    - enredar
    - enredarse
    - enredo
    - entidad
    - enturbiar
    - escarbar
    - espantosa
    - espantoso
    - espina
    - estancar
    - estancarse
    - eurócrata
    - extrema
    - extremo
    - fleco
    - fondo
    - formarse
    English:
    about
    - affair
    - approach
    - bring up
    - broach
    - burning
    - business
    - circle
    - cloud
    - concern
    - conduct
    - crux
    - deal with
    - decide
    - delve
    - dispose of
    - dispute
    - drop
    - expedite
    - flip side
    - grey area
    - ground
    - heart
    - incumbent
    - intervention
    - involved
    - item
    - keep to
    - light
    - look into
    - luck
    - matter
    - messy
    - mishandle
    - open
    - personal
    - question
    - raise
    - rest
    - risky
    - sensitive
    - separate
    - show
    - sidestep
    - slug out
    - sore
    - stake
    - step in
    - stick to
    - switch
    * * *
    asunto nm
    1. [tema] matter;
    [problema] issue;
    necesitamos hablar de un asunto importante we need to talk about an important matter;
    quieren llegar al fondo del asunto they want to get to the bottom of the matter;
    anda metido en un asunto turbio he's mixed up o involved in a dubious o Br dodgy affair;
    no quiero hablar del asunto ese del divorcio I don't want to talk about that divorce business;
    no es asunto tuyo it's none of your business;
    ¡métete en tus asuntos! mind your own business!;
    el asunto es que… the thing is that…;
    te han llamado de Hacienda – mal asunto you've had a call from the tax man – that doesn't sound very good!;
    ¡y asunto concluido o [m5] arreglado! and that's that!
    asuntos de Estado affairs of state;
    asuntos exteriores foreign affairs;
    asunto pendiente: [m5] tenemos un asunto pendiente que tratar we have some unfinished business to attend to;
    asuntos pendientes [en orden del día] matters pending;
    2. [de obra, libro] theme
    3. [romance] affair;
    tener un asunto con alguien to have an affair with sb
    4. Col, Ven
    poner el asunto to watch one's step
    * * *
    m
    1 matter;
    mal asunto that’s bad (news);
    no es asunto tuyo it’s none of your business
    2 fam ( relación) affair
    * * *
    asunto nm
    1) cuestión, tema: affair, matter, subject
    2) asuntos nmpl
    : affairs, business
    * * *
    1. (cuestión) matter / issue
    2. (negocio) affair

    Spanish-English dictionary > asunto

  • 97 hacia

    prep.
    1 toward.
    hacia aquí/allí this/that way
    hacia abajo downwards
    hacia arriba upward
    hacia atrás backward
    hacia la izquierda/derecha to the left/right
    2 around, about (time).
    hacia las diez around o about ten o'clock
    empezó a perder la vista hacia los sesenta años he started to lose his sight at around the age of sixty
    hacia finales de año toward the end of the year
    Hacia la medianoche.. Around midnight....
    3 toward (sentimiento).
    siente hostilidad hacia las reformas he is hostile toward the reforms
    4 toward (tendencia).
    un paso más hacia la guerra civil a further step toward civil war
    * * *
    1 (dirección) towards, to
    2 (tiempo) at about, at around
    \
    hacia abajo downward(s), down
    hacia acá this way
    hacia adelante forward(s)
    hacia allá that way
    hacia atrás backward(s), back
    hacia casa home, homeward, towards home
    * * *
    prep.
    1) towards, toward
    2) near, about
    •
    - hacia adelante
    * * *
    PREP
    1) [indicando dirección] towards, in the direction of

    eso está más hacia el este — that's further (over) to the east, that's more in an easterly direction

    vamos hacia allá — let's go in that direction, let's go over that way

    ¿hacia dónde vamos? — where are we going?

    hacia abajo — down, downwards

    hacia arriba — up, upwards

    2) [con expresiones temporales] about, near

    hacia las cinco — about five, around five

    hacia mediodía — about noon, around noon

    3) (=ante) towards
    * * *
    a) ( indicando dirección) toward, towards
    [el inglés norteamericano prefiere la forma toward mientras que el inglés británico prefiere la forma towards]

    hacia el sur — southward(s), toward(s) the south

    ¿hacia dónde tenemos que ir? — which way do we have to go?

    empujar hacia arriba/atrás — to push upward(s)/backward(s)

    b) ( indicando aproximación) toward(s)
    c) ( con respecto a) toward(s)
    * * *
    = in the direction of, into, toward(s).
    Ex. Efforts are being made in the direction of an international consensus on the definition and treatment of corporate authorship.
    Ex. And thirdly and most importantly, I am concerned about some movements which I think symptomatize ideological deterioration and would have us, as someone put it, march boldly backwards into the future.
    Ex. An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.
    ----
    * dar un paso hacia delante = step up.
    * de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.
    * de miras hacia el exterior = outward looking.
    * de miras hacia fuera = outwardly.
    * desde hace mucho tiempo = for a long time.
    * desplazar hacia la derecha = inset.
    * desplazarse hacia arriba = move up.
    * desplazarse hacia atrás = draw back, move + backwards.
    * directamente hacia el este = due east.
    * directamente hacia el norte = due north.
    * directamente hacia el oeste = due west.
    * directamente hacia el sur = due south.
    * enumerar hacia atrás = list + backwards.
    * enumerar hacia delante = list + forwards.
    * hacia abajo = downward.
    * hacia adelante = onward(s), straight ahead, straight on.
    * hacia adelante y hacia atrás = to and fro.
    * hacia arriba = upwards, upward.
    * hacia arriba y hacia abajo = up and down, up and down.
    * hacia atrás = backwards, backward(s).
    * hacia dentro = inward.
    * ¿hacia dónde se dirige(n)...? = whither?.
    * ¿hacia dónde va(n)...? = whither?, whither?.
    * hacia el centro de la ciudad = townward.
    * hacia el este = eastward(s), eastbound.
    * hacia el frente = ahead.
    * hacia el futuro = onward(s).
    * hacia el interior y el exterior de = in and out of.
    * hacia el norte = northbound.
    * hacia el oeste = westward(s), westbound.
    * hacia el sur = southward(s), southbound.
    * hacia finales del + Siglo = later + Siglo, the.
    * hacia fuera = outwards.
    * hacia la izquierda = leftwards, leftward.
    * hacia la proa = abaft.
    * hacia proa = abaft.
    * hacia un lado(s) = sideways.
    * inclinarse hacia delante = tip forward.
    * mirando hacia atrás = in retrospect.
    * moverse hacia atrás y hacia delante = move back and forth, move back and forth.
    * tambalearse hacia delante y hacia atrás = wobble back and forth, wobble back and forth.
    * tecla de desplazamiento hacia abajo = ↓ (Down) key, down arrow key.
    * tecla de desplazamiento hacia arriba = ↑ (up) key, up arrow key.
    * viajar hacia atrás en el tiempo = travel back in + time.
    * * *
    a) ( indicando dirección) toward, towards
    [el inglés norteamericano prefiere la forma toward mientras que el inglés británico prefiere la forma towards]

    hacia el sur — southward(s), toward(s) the south

    ¿hacia dónde tenemos que ir? — which way do we have to go?

    empujar hacia arriba/atrás — to push upward(s)/backward(s)

    b) ( indicando aproximación) toward(s)
    c) ( con respecto a) toward(s)
    * * *
    = in the direction of, into, toward(s).

    Ex: Efforts are being made in the direction of an international consensus on the definition and treatment of corporate authorship.

    Ex: And thirdly and most importantly, I am concerned about some movements which I think symptomatize ideological deterioration and would have us, as someone put it, march boldly backwards into the future.
    Ex: An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.
    * dar un paso hacia delante = step up.
    * de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.
    * de miras hacia el exterior = outward looking.
    * de miras hacia fuera = outwardly.
    * desde hace mucho tiempo = for a long time.
    * desplazar hacia la derecha = inset.
    * desplazarse hacia arriba = move up.
    * desplazarse hacia atrás = draw back, move + backwards.
    * directamente hacia el este = due east.
    * directamente hacia el norte = due north.
    * directamente hacia el oeste = due west.
    * directamente hacia el sur = due south.
    * enumerar hacia atrás = list + backwards.
    * enumerar hacia delante = list + forwards.
    * hacia abajo = downward.
    * hacia adelante = onward(s), straight ahead, straight on.
    * hacia adelante y hacia atrás = to and fro.
    * hacia arriba = upwards, upward.
    * hacia arriba y hacia abajo = up and down, up and down.
    * hacia atrás = backwards, backward(s).
    * hacia dentro = inward.
    * ¿hacia dónde se dirige(n)...? = whither?.
    * ¿hacia dónde va(n)...? = whither?, whither?.
    * hacia el centro de la ciudad = townward.
    * hacia el este = eastward(s), eastbound.
    * hacia el frente = ahead.
    * hacia el futuro = onward(s).
    * hacia el interior y el exterior de = in and out of.
    * hacia el norte = northbound.
    * hacia el oeste = westward(s), westbound.
    * hacia el sur = southward(s), southbound.
    * hacia finales del + Siglo = later + Siglo, the.
    * hacia fuera = outwards.
    * hacia la izquierda = leftwards, leftward.
    * hacia la proa = abaft.
    * hacia proa = abaft.
    * hacia un lado(s) = sideways.
    * inclinarse hacia delante = tip forward.
    * mirando hacia atrás = in retrospect.
    * moverse hacia atrás y hacia delante = move back and forth, move back and forth.
    * tambalearse hacia delante y hacia atrás = wobble back and forth, wobble back and forth.
    * tecla de desplazamiento hacia abajo = ↓ (Down) key, down arrow key.
    * tecla de desplazamiento hacia arriba = ↑ (up) key, up arrow key.
    * viajar hacia atrás en el tiempo = travel back in + time.

    * * *
    1
    ,
    etc] se dirigían hacia el sur they were heading south o southward(s) o toward(s) the south
    la puerta se abre hacia adentro the door opens inward(s)
    el país avanza hacia la democracia the country is moving toward(s) democracy
    la fuga de capitales hacia el exterior the flight of capital abroad
    el centro queda hacia allá the center is (over) that way
    ¿hacia dónde tenemos que ir? which way do we have to go?
    un movimiento hacia arriba/atrás an upward/backward movement
    empujar hacia arriba/atrás to push upward(s)/backward(s)
    2
    (indicando aproximación) toward(s) [ ver nota en la sección a] hacia finales de siglo/el final del primer acto toward(s) the end of the century/of the first act
    hacia el límite con el Brasil toward(s) the Brazilian border
    llegaremos hacia las dos we'll arrive (at) about two
    esto sucedió hacia las nueve de la mañana this occurred at approximately o toward(s) nine in the morning
    3 (con respecto a) toward(s)
    su actitud hacia mí his attitude toward(s) o to me
    * * *

     

    Del verbo hacer: ( conjugate hacer)

    hacía es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) imperfecto indicativo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperfecto indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    hacer    
    hacia
    hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ( crear) ‹mueble/vestido› to make;

    ‹casa/carretera› to build;
    ‹ nido› to build, make;
    ‹ túnel› to make, dig;
    ‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
    ‹ lista› to make, draw up;
    ‹ resumen› to do, make;
    ‹ película› to make;
    ‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
    ‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
    ‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
    ‹ cerveza› to make, brew;

    hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
    b) (producir, causar) ‹ ruido› to make;


    estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
    2
    a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹ sacrificio› to make;

    ‹ milagro› to work, perform;
    ‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
    ‹ mandado› to run;
    ‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
    ‹ experimento› to do, perform;
    ‹ entrevista› to conduct;
    ‹gira/viaje› to do;
    ‹ regalo› to give;
    ‹ favor› to do;
    ‹ trato› to make;

    aún queda mucho por hacia there is still a lot (left) to do;
    dar que hacia to make a lot of work
    b) ‹cheque/factura› to make out, write out

    3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
    ‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
    ‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
    ‹ pregunta› to ask;

    4

    ◊ hacia caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);

    hacia pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
    hacia sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

    ◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'

    5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
    ‹ amigo› to make
    6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
    ‹ maleta› to pack;
    ◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;

    tengo que hacia la comida I must make lunch;
    ver tb comida b
    7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
    8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):
    ◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

    1


    ¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
    hacia ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
    ¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
    See Also→ amor 1b
    b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do;

    ◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?


    2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;
    ◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;

    ¡qué le vamos a hacia! what can you o (frml) one do?;
    toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
    haciala buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
    See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
    1 (transformar en, volver) to make;

    hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
    ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
    hacia algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
    quiero hacia de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
    2
    a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)


    me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
    me hizo llorar it made me cry;
    hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
    me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
    hacia que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sth
    b)

    ◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;

    hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
    verbo intransitivo
    1 (obrar, actuar):
    ◊ déjame hacia a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;

    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
    hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
    haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
    2 (fingir, simular):

    haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
    3 ( servir):
    ◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;

    la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
    4 ( interpretar personaje) hacia de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
    (+ compl) ( sentar):


    (+ me/te/le etc)

    la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
    hacia v impers
    1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):
    ◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;

    hace tres grados it's three degrees;
    (nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
    2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):

    hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
    hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
    hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
    hasta hace poco until recently
    hacerse verbo pronominal
    1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):

    se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
    hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
    2
    a) ( refl) ( hacer para sí) ‹café/falda› to make oneself;




    se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
    3 ( causarse):
    ◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;

    ¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
    4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):
    ◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself

    5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;

    1
    a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become;


    se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
    b) ( resultar):



    (+ me/te/le etc)

    se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
    c) ( impers):


    se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
    d) ( cocinarse) [pescado/guiso] to cook

    e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):

    ◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?

    2 ( acostumbrarse) haciase a algo to get used to sth
    3 ( fingirse):

    ¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
    haciase pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
    4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;

    5
    ◊ hacerse de (AmL) (de fortuna, dinero) to get;


    ( de amigos) to make
    hacia preposición
    a) ( dirección) toward (esp AmE), towards (esp BrE):


    hacia adelante forward(s);
    hacia adentro/arriba inward(s)/upward(s);
    el centro queda hacia allá the center is (over) that way;
    ¿hacia dónde tenemos que ir? which way do we have to go?

    ◊ llegaremos hacia las dos we'll arrive toward(s) o at around two


    ◊ su actitud hacia mí his attitude toward(s) o to me

    hacer
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
    hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
    hacer un puente, to build a bridge
    2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
    haz lo que quieras, do what you want
    ¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
    (para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
    hace atletismo, he does athletics
    hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
    3 (amigos, dinero) to make
    4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
    5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
    estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
    no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
    6 (arreglar) to make
    hacer la cama, to make the bed
    hacer la casa, to do the housework
    7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
    8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
    9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
    10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
    11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
    12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
    2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
    3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
    4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
    III verbo impersonal
    1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
    hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
    hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
    2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
    ¿To make o to do?
    El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
    El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
    hacia preposición
    1 (en dirección a) towards, to
    hacia abajo, down, downwards
    hacia adelante, forwards
    hacia arriba, up, upwards
    hacia atrás, back, backwards
    2 (en torno a) at about, at around: estaré allí hacia las cinco, I'll be there at about five o'clock
    ' hacia' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abajo
    - abalanzarse
    - aire
    - añales
    - animadversión
    - arriba
    - atrás
    - calor
    - contingente
    - correrse
    - delante
    - derivar
    - descender
    - desprecio
    - dirigir
    - dirigirse
    - empañar
    - empujar
    - encaminarse
    - enfilar
    - fogosidad
    - frente
    - fuera
    - hacer
    - infundio
    - invencible
    - llevar
    - malsana
    - malsano
    - monetaria
    - monetario
    - orientar
    - orientarse
    - proyectar
    - que
    - recta
    - recto
    - retroceder
    - saber
    - siglo
    - sobre
    - subir
    - sur
    - tambalearse
    - tirar
    - volver
    - volverse
    - abatible
    - adelante
    - boca
    English:
    ahead
    - aim
    - antagonism
    - antipathy
    - ashore
    - at
    - back
    - backward
    - backwards
    - beat down
    - beeline
    - bent
    - bias
    - boost
    - care for
    - come forward
    - cool
    - crowd
    - cruelty
    - curve
    - deflect
    - disdain
    - dislike
    - dispose
    - disregard
    - doubtless
    - down
    - downstairs
    - downward
    - downwards
    - due
    - East
    - eastward
    - eastwards
    - extend
    - face
    - facing
    - fast forward
    - flash
    - flippant
    - floodlight
    - for
    - forward
    - glance down
    - go
    - guise
    - head
    - home in
    - ill-disposed
    - incline
    * * *
    hacia prep
    1. [dirección] towards;
    hacia aquí/allí this/that way;
    hacia abajo downwards;
    hacia arriba upwards;
    hacia adelante forwards;
    hacia atrás backwards;
    hacia la izquierda/derecha to the left/right;
    viajar hacia el norte to travel north;
    hacia el norte del país towards the north of the country;
    miró hacia el otro lado she looked the other way;
    muévete hacia un lado move to one side
    2. [tiempo] around, about;
    hacia las diez around o about ten o'clock;
    empezó a perder la vista hacia los sesenta años he started to lose his sight at around the age of sixty;
    hacia finales de año towards the end of the year
    3. [sentimiento] towards;
    siente hostilidad hacia las reformas he is hostile towards the reforms;
    su actitud hacia el trabajo es muy seria she has a very serious attitude towards her work, she takes her work very seriously
    4. [tendencia] towards;
    este año se marcha hacia una cosecha excepcional we are heading for a bumper crop this year;
    un paso más hacia la guerra civil a further step towards civil war
    * * *
    prp
    1 en el espacio toward;
    hacia adelante forward;
    hacia atrás back(ward);
    hacia aquí in this direction, this way
    2 en el tiempo
    :
    hacia las cuatro about four (o’clock)
    * * *
    hacia prep
    1) : toward, towards
    hacia abajo: downward
    hacia adelante: forward
    2) : near, around, about
    hacia las seis: about six o'clock
    * * *
    hacia prep
    1. (dirección) towards
    2. (tiempo) at about

    Spanish-English dictionary > hacia

  • 98 ÞESSI

    (þessi, þetta), dem. pron. this (þessi kona, or kona þessi);
    í þessu, in this moment.
    * * *
    fem. þessi, neut. þetta, a demonstr. pron.
    A. THE FORMS.—The Icel., like other Teut. languages, except the Goth., has two demonstr. prons., one simple, sá sú þat, another emphatic or deictic, þessi, þetta (cp. Gr. ὁ and ὅδε, Lat. hic and hicce); the latter is a compound word, the particle -si, sometimes changed into -sa, being suffixed to the cases of the simple pronoun; Dr. Egilsson, in Lex. Poët., first explained that this suffix was the imperative ‘see,’ Goth. sai; þessi, as well as the Engl. thi-s, the-se, tho-se, is therefore qs. the-see, that-see. The forms vary much:
    I. the earliest declension is with the suffixed particle, like -gi in ein-gi, q. v., indeclinable; it is mostly so on the Runic stones, where we find the following forms,—dat. þeim-si ( huic-ce), Rafn 178; acc. þann-si ( hunc-ce), passim; þá-si ( hanc-ce): plur. þeir-si ( hi-ce); dat. þeim-si ( his-ce); acc. þá-si ( hos-ce); neut. plur. þau-si ( haec-ce), passim: of this declension the vellums have only preserved the dat. sing. neut. því-sa, and the dat. masc. sing. and plur. þeim-a. On the Runic stones the acc. masc. sing. and plur., the acc. fem. plur., and the acc. neut. plur. are, so to say, standing phrases—to raise ‘this stone,’ ‘these stones,’ or ‘these kumbls’ (neut. plur.), or to carve ‘these Runes;’ but the other cases can only be assumed from later forms; in the Runic inscriptions they are wanting, because there was no occasion for them; thus því-sa and þeima are freq. in old Icel. vellums, but are hardly met with in Runes. Even nom. sing. masc. and fem. sá-si ( hic-ce) and sú-si ( haec-ce) are said to occur in two or three Runic inscriptions.
    II. the whole word was next turned into a regular adjective with the inflexion at the end, just like margr from mann-gi, öngr from ein-gi, in which case the suffix became assimilated to the preceding pronoun, sometimes the inflexive s and sometimes the final letter of the pronoun prevailing; hence arose the forms as given in Gramm. p. xxi:
    α. the s prevailed in the forms þessi qs. þer-si; in þes-sa; in þessum qs. þeim-sum, þem-sum; rununi þimsum ( hisce literis) occurs in Rafn 165, but is there erroneously explained; in þessu qs. því-su: acc. plur. þessa qs. þá-sa, þessar qs. þær-sar, þessi qs. þau-si.
    β. again, the final of the pronoun prevailed in þenna qs. þann-sa, þetta qs. þat-sa; so also in þeima, which stands for þeimnia, which again is an assimilation for þeim-sa or þeim-si.
    2. the older form for gen. and dat. sing. fem., as also gen. plur., is bisyllabic (gen. þessa, dat. þessi, gen. plur. þessa); þessar messu, Hom. 41; þessar upp-rásar, Fms. i. 166: í þessi útlegð, 78; af þessi sótt, ix. 390; til þessa saka, Grág. i. 324, and passim; hence, later, þessarrar, þessarri, þessarra; thus, þessarrar, MS. 544. 151; þessarri, Sks. 672 B; þessarrar, 786 B, and so in mod. usage.
    III. a spec. form is þessor (q. v.), formed like nokkorr or engarr, but only used in nom. sing. fem. and nom. acc. neut. plur. (þessor bæn, þessor orð); it seems to be a Norse form: [A. S. þes, pl. þâs; Engl. this, these; Hel. þese; O. H. G. deser; Germ. dieser; Dan.-Swed. denne is formed from the old acc. þenna; pl. disse.]
    B. THE SENSE.— This, pl. these. For the usages see the writers passim; it suffices to observe, that þessi is used both as adjective and as substantive; as adjective it may be placed before or after its noun (þessi kona or kona þessi): ellipt. usages are, í þessu, in this moment, Fms. ii. 60; í þessi (viz. hríð), in this nick of time, x. 415. For its usage with the article inn, see hinn, p. 263, col. 1 (II. 1); þessi inn skakk-borni, sveinn, Al. 29; þenna inn unga dreng, 656 C. 32, and passim.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÞESSI

  • 99 Empire, Portuguese overseas

    (1415-1975)
       Portugal was the first Western European state to establish an early modern overseas empire beyond the Mediterranean and perhaps the last colonial power to decolonize. A vast subject of complexity that is full of myth as well as debatable theories, the history of the Portuguese overseas empire involves the story of more than one empire, the question of imperial motives, the nature of Portuguese rule, and the results and consequences of empire, including the impact on subject peoples as well as on the mother country and its society, Here, only the briefest account of a few such issues can be attempted.
       There were various empires or phases of empire after the capture of the Moroccan city of Ceuta in 1415. There were at least three Portuguese empires in history: the First empire (1415-1580), the Second empire (1580-1640 and 1640-1822), and the Third empire (1822-1975).
       With regard to the second empire, the so-called Phillipine period (1580-1640), when Portugal's empire was under Spanish domination, could almost be counted as a separate era. During that period, Portugal lost important parts of its Asian holdings to England and also sections of its colonies of Brazil, Angola, and West Africa to Holland's conquests. These various empires could be characterized by the geography of where Lisbon invested its greatest efforts and resources to develop territories and ward off enemies.
       The first empire (1415-1580) had two phases. First came the African coastal phase (1415-97), when the Portuguese sought a foothold in various Moroccan cities but then explored the African coast from Morocco to past the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa. While colonization and sugar farming were pursued in the Atlantic islands, as well as in the islands in the Gulf of Guinea like São Tomé and Príncipe, for the most part the Portuguese strategy was to avoid commitments to defending or peopling lands on the African continent. Rather, Lisbon sought a seaborne trade empire, in which the Portuguese could profit from exploiting trade and resources (such as gold) along the coasts and continue exploring southward to seek a sea route to Portuguese India. The second phase of the first empire (1498-1580) began with the discovery of the sea route to Asia, thanks to Vasco da Gama's first voyage in 1497-99, and the capture of strong points, ports, and trading posts in order to enforce a trade monopoly between Asia and Europe. This Asian phase produced the greatest revenues of empire Portugal had garnered, yet ended when Spain conquered Portugal and commanded her empire as of 1580.
       Portugal's second overseas empire began with Spanish domination and ran to 1822, when Brazil won her independence from Portugal. This phase was characterized largely by Brazilian dominance of imperial commitment, wealth in minerals and other raw materials from Brazil, and the loss of a significant portion of her African and Asian coastal empire to Holland and Great Britain. A sketch of Portugal's imperial losses either to native rebellions or to imperial rivals like Britain and Holland follows:
       • Morocco (North Africa) (sample only)
       Arzila—Taken in 1471; evacuated in 1550s; lost to Spain in 1580, which returned city to a sultan.
       Ceuta—Taken in 1415; lost to Spain in 1640 (loss confirmed in 1668 treaty with Spain).
       • Tangiers—Taken in 15th century; handed over to England in 1661 as part of Catherine of Braganza's dowry to King Charles II.
       • West Africa
       • Fort/Castle of São Jorge da Mina, Gold Coast (in what is now Ghana)—Taken in 1480s; lost to Holland in 1630s.
       • Middle East
       Socotra-isle—Conquered in 1507; fort abandoned in 1511; used as water resupply stop for India fleet.
       Muscat—Conquered in 1501; lost to Persians in 1650.
       Ormuz—Taken, 1505-15 under Albuquerque; lost to England, which gave it to Persia in the 17th century.
       Aden (entry to Red Sea) — Unsuccessfully attacked by Portugal (1513-30); taken by Turks in 1538.
       • India
       • Ceylon (Sri Lanka)—Taken by 1516; lost to Dutch after 1600.
       • Bombay—Taken in 16th century; given to England in 1661 treaty as part of Catherine of Braganza's dowry for Charles II.
       • East Indies
       • Moluccas—Taken by 1520; possession confirmed in 1529 Saragossa treaty with Spain; lost to Dutch after 1600; only East Timor remaining.
       After the restoration of Portuguese independence from Spain in 1640, Portugal proceeded to revive and strengthen the Anglo- Portuguese Alliance, with international aid to fight off further Spanish threats to Portugal and drive the Dutch invaders out of Brazil and Angola. While Portugal lost its foothold in West Africa at Mina to the Dutch, dominion in Angola was consolidated. The most vital part of the imperial economy was a triangular trade: slaves from West Africa and from the coasts of Congo and Angola were shipped to plantations in Brazil; raw materials (sugar, tobacco, gold, diamonds, dyes) were sent to Lisbon; Lisbon shipped Brazil colonists and hardware. Part of Portugal's War of Restoration against Spain (1640-68) and its reclaiming of Brazil and Angola from Dutch intrusions was financed by the New Christians (Jews converted to Christianity after the 1496 Manueline order of expulsion of Jews) who lived in Portugal, Holland and other low countries, France, and Brazil. If the first empire was mainly an African coastal and Asian empire, the second empire was primarily a Brazilian empire.
       Portugal's third overseas empire began upon the traumatic independence of Brazil, the keystone of the Lusitanian enterprise, in 1822. The loss of Brazil greatly weakened Portugal both as a European power and as an imperial state, for the scattered remainder of largely coastal, poor, and uncolonized territories that stretched from the bulge of West Africa to East Timor in the East Indies and Macau in south China were more of a financial liability than an asset. Only two small territories balanced their budgets occasionally or made profits: the cocoa islands of São Tomé and Príncipe in the Gulf of Guinea and tiny Macau, which lost much of its advantage as an entrepot between the West and the East when the British annexed neighboring Hong Kong in 1842. The others were largely burdens on the treasury. The African colonies were strapped by a chronic economic problem: at a time when the slave trade and then slavery were being abolished under pressures from Britain and other Western powers, the economies of Guinea- Bissau, São Tomé/Príncipe, Angola, and Mozambique were totally dependent on revenues from the slave trade and slavery. During the course of the 19th century, Lisbon began a program to reform colonial administration in a newly rejuvenated African empire, where most of the imperial efforts were expended, by means of replacing the slave trade and slavery, with legitimate economic activities.
       Portugal participated in its own early version of the "Scramble" for Africa's interior during 1850-69, but discovered that the costs of imperial expansion were too high to allow effective occupation of the hinterlands. After 1875, Portugal participated in the international "Scramble for Africa" and consolidated its holdings in west and southern Africa, despite the failure of the contra-costa (to the opposite coast) plan, which sought to link up the interiors of Angola and Mozambique with a corridor in central Africa. Portugal's expansion into what is now Malawi, Zambia, and Zimbabwe (eastern section) in 1885-90 was thwarted by its oldest ally, Britain, under pressure from interest groups in South Africa, Scotland, and England. All things considered, Portugal's colonizing resources and energies were overwhelmed by the African empire it possessed after the frontier-marking treaties of 1891-1906. Lisbon could barely administer the massive area of five African colonies, whose total area comprised about 8 percent of the area of the colossal continent. The African territories alone were many times the size of tiny Portugal and, as of 1914, Portugal was the third colonial power in terms of size of area possessed in the world.
       The politics of Portugal's empire were deceptive. Lisbon remained obsessed with the fear that rival colonial powers, especially Germany and Britain, would undermine and then dismantle her African empire. This fear endured well into World War II. In developing and keeping her potentially rich African territories (especially mineral-rich Angola and strategically located Mozambique), however, the race against time was with herself and her subject peoples. Two major problems, both chronic, prevented Portugal from effective colonization (i.e., settling) and development of her African empire: the economic weakness and underdevelopment of the mother country and the fact that the bulk of Portuguese emigration after 1822 went to Brazil, Venezuela, the United States, and France, not to the colonies. These factors made it difficult to consolidate imperial control until it was too late; that is, until local African nationalist movements had organized and taken the field in insurgency wars that began in three of the colonies during the years 1961-64.
       Portugal's belated effort to revitalize control and to develop, in the truest sense of the word, Angola and Mozambique after 1961 had to be set against contemporary events in Europe, Africa, and Asia. While Portugal held on to a backward empire, other European countries like Britain, France, and Belgium were rapidly decolonizing their empires. Portugal's failure or unwillingness to divert the large streams of emigrants to her empire after 1850 remained a constant factor in this question. Prophetic were the words of the 19th-century economist Joaquim Oliveira Martins, who wrote in 1880 that Brazil was a better colony for Portugal than Africa and that the best colony of all would have been Portugal itself. As of the day of the Revolution of 25 April 1974, which sparked the final process of decolonization of the remainder of Portugal's third overseas empire, the results of the colonization program could be seen to be modest compared to the numbers of Portuguese emigrants outside the empire. Moreover, within a year, of some 600,000 Portuguese residing permanently in Angola and Mozambique, all but a few thousand had fled to South Africa or returned to Portugal.
       In 1974 and 1975, most of the Portuguese empire was decolonized or, in the case of East Timor, invaded and annexed by a foreign power before it could consolidate its independence. Only historic Macau, scheduled for transfer to the People's Republic of China in 1999, remained nominally under Portuguese control as a kind of footnote to imperial history. If Portugal now lacked a conventional overseas empire and was occupied with the challenges of integration in the European Union (EU), Lisbon retained another sort of informal dependency that was a new kind of empire: the empire of her scattered overseas Portuguese communities from North America to South America. Their numbers were at least six times greater than that of the last settlers of the third empire.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Empire, Portuguese overseas

  • 100 К-232

    И КОНЕЦ coll (sent Invar usu. the concluding clause in a compound or complex sent)
    1. and there is nothing more to add (to what has been said or done), no further argument or discussion will be of any avail
    and that's the end of it (of that)
    and that's it (that's that, that's final).
    «Любовь? Что это такое, ты хочешь спросить? А это только обозначение обязанностей. Да. Пошлое и... легкомысленное обозначение, которое позволяет человеку в любой момент отказаться от своих самых главных обязанностей: разлюбил, и конец, а там хоть трава не расти...» (Залыгин 1). "Love? You mean, what is it? It's only another name for duty. A tasteless and flippant name,.which permits people to abandon their most important obligations whenever they feel like it, so that they can say: 'I don't love her any more, and that's the end of it, and I don't care what happens now..."' (1a).
    2. and then (after the action in question has been undertaken) the matter will be concluded, the problem in question will be resolved etc
    and that will be the end of it (the matter, the business)
    and that will be that (it) and it will all be over and that will settle it (do sth.) and be done with it.
    «Что тут размышлять? Переезжай да и конец!» (Гончаров 1). "Why hesitate? Move, and be done with it!" (1b).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > К-232

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Final Fantasy Tactics — North American official boxart Developer(s) Square Publisher(s) …   Wikipedia

  • Final Fantasy IV — Japanese box art Developer(s) Square …   Wikipedia

  • Final Fantasy IX — Developer(s) Square Publisher(s) …   Wikipedia

  • Final Fantasy XI — Developer(s) Square Product Development Division 3 (pre April 1, 2003)[1] Square Enix Produ …   Wikipedia

  • Final Fantasy Versus XIII — Developer(s) Square Enix 1st Production Department[1] …   Wikipedia

  • Final Fantasy Tactics Advance — Developer(s) Square Product Development Division 4[1] …   Wikipedia

  • Final Fight — North American arcade flyer for Final Fight Developer(s) Capcom Publ …   Wikipedia

  • Final Watch — AKA The Last Watch infobox Book | name = Final Watch title orig = translator = image caption = author = Sergei Lukyanenko illustrator = cover artist = country = Russia language = series = World of Watches genre = Fantasy publisher = pub date =… …   Wikipedia

  • Final Crisis — is also the title of the twelfth issue of Crisis on Infinite Earths. Infobox comic book title imagesize= caption=Green Lantern features in the artwork for the cover of Final Crisis #1. Art by J.G. Jones schedule=Monthly limited =Y publisher=DC… …   Wikipedia

  • That Thing You Do! — Theatrical release poster Directed by Tom Hanks Produced by …   Wikipedia

  • That Time — is a one act play by Samuel Beckett, written in English between 8 June 1974 and August 1975. It was specially written for actor Patrick Magee, who delivered its first performance, on the occasion of Beckett s seventieth birthday celebration, at… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»